<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/lets-get-fiscal" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>Lets Get Fiscal</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/lets-get-fiscal</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>Let’s Get Fiscal is the money podcast for creative entrepreneurs who want to keep more of what they earn and grow their business with confidence. Hosted by CPA and tax strategist Anastasia, each episode makes taxes, bookkeeping, and money management simple, practical, and even fun. We cover topics like tax deductions, small business finances, creative business strategies, and how to avoid costly mistakes—without boring jargon. Whether you’re a filmmaker, designer, artist, or small business owner, you’ll get actionable tips, real-world examples, and a few laughs along the way. If you want to stress less about money and focus more on doing what you love, this is the podcast for you.</description>
    <copyright>All rights reserved.</copyright>
    <podcast:guid>722e45e3-28f0-4b92-b92a-e03823c0c018</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked>yes</podcast:locked>
    <itunes:applepodcastsverify>c45c459b-db64-4a6a-80b1-c9a8d6640579</itunes:applepodcastsverify>
    <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
    <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
    <podcast:trailer pubdate="Fri, 15 Aug 2025 15:00:27 +0000" url="https://media.transistor.fm/15621811/030229f4.mp3" length="1131433" type="audio/mpeg">Welcome to The Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast – Tax &amp; Money Tips for Creatives</podcast:trailer>
    <language>en-us</language>
    <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 12:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 12:01:48 +0000</lastBuildDate>
    <link>https://redcircle.com/shows/lets-get-fiscal</link>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistorcdn.com/EFwr2UD4GIbmNtvHlkNepLTNfqMNjurIOBhajueuajE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iODc1/ZTI3Zjk2NDkzZmE2/N2Q5ZGMwZTU4MjQw/ZjM1Ni5qcGc.jpg</url>
      <title>Lets Get Fiscal</title>
      <link>https://redcircle.com/shows/lets-get-fiscal</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Business"/>
    <itunes:category text="TV &amp; Film"/>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/EFwr2UD4GIbmNtvHlkNepLTNfqMNjurIOBhajueuajE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iODc1/ZTI3Zjk2NDkzZmE2/N2Q5ZGMwZTU4MjQw/ZjM1Ni5qcGc.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>Let’s Get Fiscal is the money podcast for creative entrepreneurs who want to keep more of what they earn and grow their business with confidence. Hosted by CPA and tax strategist Anastasia, each episode makes taxes, bookkeeping, and money management simple, practical, and even fun. We cover topics like tax deductions, small business finances, creative business strategies, and how to avoid costly mistakes—without boring jargon. Whether you’re a filmmaker, designer, artist, or small business owner, you’ll get actionable tips, real-world examples, and a few laughs along the way. If you want to stress less about money and focus more on doing what you love, this is the podcast for you.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>Let’s Get Fiscal is the money podcast for creative entrepreneurs who want to keep more of what they earn and grow their business with confidence.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>aaiello@coterietax.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>EP51 - Is Your Passion Project Actually a Real Business? Featuring Matt Diana</title>
      <itunes:title>EP51 - Is Your Passion Project Actually a Real Business? Featuring Matt Diana</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c61575c6-1286-4994-b07f-9922f802eb6d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a018ed4b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[If you have ever turned your passion — fitness, music, coaching, art — into income and then wondered, Wait, is this actually a business? you are not alone. This week Anastasia and Myiesha welcome their first guest, Matthew Diana of Mind to Money Capital, to talk through the moment a creative side gig becomes a real company that needs structure, books, and a plan.

Matthew went from personal trainer and touring musician to life coach and entrepreneur running an S corp umbrella company. We dig into why he chose an S corporation (think of it as giving your business its own social security number so it can pay its own taxes), how a simple Google Sheets ledger keeps his CPA happy, and why bands should be treated as small businesses from day one — especially when it comes to owning your intellectual property. We also cover how to vet clients like you are choosing a creative collaborator, why building a paid village around you is not weakness, and a quick primer on the Infinite Banking Concept so your money keeps working even after you spend it.

Here is what we walk through in this episode:

⏱️ Timestamps
00:00 Introduction
00:33 Meet Matthew Diana of Mind to Money Capital
01:05 From Personal Trainer to Life Coach
03:33 S-Corp Election, Books, and Finding a CPA
08:21 Bands as Businesses: IP, Boundaries &amp; Structure
15:09 Client Vetting, Collaboration &amp; Building Your Village
24:18 Business as a Living Entity
30:28 Infinite Banking Concept &amp; Freedom
33:38 Closing Thoughts

Connect with Matthew Diana:
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCoM_3r0lXNarx_vu7rsbrwg
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/masterymatthew/
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@matthewdylandiana?lang=en
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/matt.diana.1
Website: https://www.mindtomoneycapital.com/

Why subscribe? Because running a creative business is hard enough without tax season sneaking up like an unpaid intern. Every week, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the money stuff that actually matters for photographers, videographers, designers, actors, musicians, and anyone building something from their passion — in plain English, with real stories, and without the corporate guilt trip. Whether you are choosing an S corp, tracking receipts, or just trying to pay yourself without panic, this is the friend-group chat that helps you sleep easy at night. Hit follow so the next episode is already waiting when you need it.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTax #SCorp #BandBusiness #InfiniteBanking #EntrepreneurMindset #LifecoachBusiness #TaxPlanning #BusinessStructure #IPProtection #BuildYourVillage #LetsGetFiscal

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you have ever turned your passion — fitness, music, coaching, art — into income and then wondered, Wait, is this actually a business? you are not alone. This week Anastasia and Myiesha welcome their first guest, Matthew Diana of Mind to Money Capital, to talk through the moment a creative side gig becomes a real company that needs structure, books, and a plan.

Matthew went from personal trainer and touring musician to life coach and entrepreneur running an S corp umbrella company. We dig into why he chose an S corporation (think of it as giving your business its own social security number so it can pay its own taxes), how a simple Google Sheets ledger keeps his CPA happy, and why bands should be treated as small businesses from day one — especially when it comes to owning your intellectual property. We also cover how to vet clients like you are choosing a creative collaborator, why building a paid village around you is not weakness, and a quick primer on the Infinite Banking Concept so your money keeps working even after you spend it.

Here is what we walk through in this episode:

⏱️ Timestamps
00:00 Introduction
00:33 Meet Matthew Diana of Mind to Money Capital
01:05 From Personal Trainer to Life Coach
03:33 S-Corp Election, Books, and Finding a CPA
08:21 Bands as Businesses: IP, Boundaries &amp; Structure
15:09 Client Vetting, Collaboration &amp; Building Your Village
24:18 Business as a Living Entity
30:28 Infinite Banking Concept &amp; Freedom
33:38 Closing Thoughts

Connect with Matthew Diana:
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCoM_3r0lXNarx_vu7rsbrwg
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/masterymatthew/
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@matthewdylandiana?lang=en
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/matt.diana.1
Website: https://www.mindtomoneycapital.com/

Why subscribe? Because running a creative business is hard enough without tax season sneaking up like an unpaid intern. Every week, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the money stuff that actually matters for photographers, videographers, designers, actors, musicians, and anyone building something from their passion — in plain English, with real stories, and without the corporate guilt trip. Whether you are choosing an S corp, tracking receipts, or just trying to pay yourself without panic, this is the friend-group chat that helps you sleep easy at night. Hit follow so the next episode is already waiting when you need it.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTax #SCorp #BandBusiness #InfiniteBanking #EntrepreneurMindset #LifecoachBusiness #TaxPlanning #BusinessStructure #IPProtection #BuildYourVillage #LetsGetFiscal

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a018ed4b/1e188fad.mp3" length="83839712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TSNT2b_KKwhDW1Jrj_AC3EwXvuzaoM3H-H6VeTVEa7A/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83YzEx/NmZjZGU3ZTJjOTMw/NDZmMzE4NzUzODk5/MGJlNS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2092</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you have ever turned your passion — fitness, music, coaching, art — into income and then wondered, Wait, is this actually a business? you are not alone. This week Anastasia and Myiesha welcome their first guest, Matthew Diana of Mind to Money Capital, to talk through the moment a creative side gig becomes a real company that needs structure, books, and a plan. Matthew went from personal trainer and touring musician to life coach and entrepreneur running an S corp umbrella company. We dig…</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you have ever turned your passion — fitness, music, coaching, art — into income and then wondered, Wait, is this actually a business? you are not alone. This week Anastasia and Myiesha welcome their first guest, Matthew Diana of Mind to Money Capital, </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>S-Corp election, band as business, intellectual property, infinite banking concept, small business taxes, creative entrepreneur, life coach business, Google Sheets bookkeeping, client vetting, build your village, business structure, musician taxes, tax planning, LLC, reasonable compensation, creative business tax, small business bookkeeping, LLC vs S-Corp, entrepreneur mindset, Coterie Tax, Let's Get Fiscal, protect your IP, money freedom</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a018ed4b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP50 - Los Angeles Business Tax for Creative Freelancers: What You Owe and How to Avoid Penalties</title>
      <itunes:title>EP50 - Los Angeles Business Tax for Creative Freelancers: What You Owe and How to Avoid Penalties</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d61bcbe-fdb5-4b38-bd20-786580b97710</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/46f773d9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[The City of Los Angeles has its own business tax, and plenty of creative freelancers, photographers, videographers, and production companies do not find out until a penalty letter shows up. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down who has to file, how the $100,000 general exemption and the $300,000 creative exemption work, and why one late day can turn a $0 bill into hundreds or even thousands of dollars.

They explain gross receipts in plain English, which is just your income before any expenses, like ticket sales before you pay your crew. They also walk through the tricky zip-code and city-limit rules that can land you in Beverly Hills or Santa Monica tax territory instead, and they share what production companies need to know about pass-through budgets and cost of goods. You will also get practical filing tips for the February deadline, online account setup, tax ID matching, and what to do if the city’s website breaks when you are up against the clock.

This is the episode to listen to if you want to stop throwing money away on a tax you could have avoided entirely and sleep easy knowing your city compliance is handled.

Timestamps:
00:00 Introduction
00:50 What Is LA's Business Tax, and Who Has to File?
02:20 The $100K and $300K Creative Exemptions
04:45 Zip Codes, City Limits, and Other LA-Area City Taxes
06:50 Why the February Due Date (and Leap Years) Matter
09:15 Production Companies, Freelancers, and Picking the Right Category
10:55 Account Setup, Tax IDs, and Online System Traps
13:20 What to Do When the System Breaks Near the Deadline
15:35 How to Stay Compliant and Avoid Penalties

Why subscribe? Because Let’s Get Fiscal is basically the coffee-shop chat you actually want to have about money. Anastasia and Myiesha translate tax-speak into real talk for creative business owners—no beige PowerPoints, no shame, just clear answers you can use. Whether you are a photographer, actor, filmmaker, designer, or director, every episode helps you keep more of what you earn and stress less doing it.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#LetsGetFiscal #CityOfLABusinessTax #CreativeFreelancerTax #LABusinessTax #SmallBusinessTax #FreelanceTaxTips #ProductionCompanyTax #TaxExemption #TaxCompliance #CoterieTax #CreativeBusinessFinance

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[The City of Los Angeles has its own business tax, and plenty of creative freelancers, photographers, videographers, and production companies do not find out until a penalty letter shows up. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down who has to file, how the $100,000 general exemption and the $300,000 creative exemption work, and why one late day can turn a $0 bill into hundreds or even thousands of dollars.

They explain gross receipts in plain English, which is just your income before any expenses, like ticket sales before you pay your crew. They also walk through the tricky zip-code and city-limit rules that can land you in Beverly Hills or Santa Monica tax territory instead, and they share what production companies need to know about pass-through budgets and cost of goods. You will also get practical filing tips for the February deadline, online account setup, tax ID matching, and what to do if the city’s website breaks when you are up against the clock.

This is the episode to listen to if you want to stop throwing money away on a tax you could have avoided entirely and sleep easy knowing your city compliance is handled.

Timestamps:
00:00 Introduction
00:50 What Is LA's Business Tax, and Who Has to File?
02:20 The $100K and $300K Creative Exemptions
04:45 Zip Codes, City Limits, and Other LA-Area City Taxes
06:50 Why the February Due Date (and Leap Years) Matter
09:15 Production Companies, Freelancers, and Picking the Right Category
10:55 Account Setup, Tax IDs, and Online System Traps
13:20 What to Do When the System Breaks Near the Deadline
15:35 How to Stay Compliant and Avoid Penalties

Why subscribe? Because Let’s Get Fiscal is basically the coffee-shop chat you actually want to have about money. Anastasia and Myiesha translate tax-speak into real talk for creative business owners—no beige PowerPoints, no shame, just clear answers you can use. Whether you are a photographer, actor, filmmaker, designer, or director, every episode helps you keep more of what you earn and stress less doing it.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#LetsGetFiscal #CityOfLABusinessTax #CreativeFreelancerTax #LABusinessTax #SmallBusinessTax #FreelanceTaxTips #ProductionCompanyTax #TaxExemption #TaxCompliance #CoterieTax #CreativeBusinessFinance

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/46f773d9/531f9dca.mp3" length="44046883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/uhsJcJRB7oGHbuU8oucMpY8Z3TERkL0Y7Z6R5rB7uNE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84YWVm/NmYwNjZkYzhmY2Qy/ZWFhZTYxODUxM2Ey/ZDI0Yi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1097</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The City of Los Angeles has its own business tax, and plenty of creative freelancers, photographers, videographers, and production companies do not find out until a penalty letter shows up. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down who has to file, how the $100,000 general exemption and the $300,000 creative exemption work, and why one late day can turn a $0 bill into hundreds or even thousands of dollars. They explain gross receipts in plain English, which is just your income before…</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The City of Los Angeles has its own business tax, and plenty of creative freelancers, photographers, videographers, and production companies do not find out until a penalty letter shows up. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down who has to file</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Los Angeles business tax, city of LA tax, creative freelancer tax, small business tax compliance, LA business tax exemption, gross receipts tax, February tax deadline, leap year deadline, production company tax, tax ID matching, EIN vs Social Security, business registration LA, freelance tax penalty, city business license, Coterie Tax, Let's Get Fiscal, tax tips for creatives, photographer taxes, videographer taxes, filmmaker taxes, LA business tax, city of Los Angeles tax</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/46f773d9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP49 - S-Corp Reasonable Compensation &amp; Payroll Rules for Creative Owners</title>
      <itunes:title>EP49 - S-Corp Reasonable Compensation &amp; Payroll Rules for Creative Owners</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16026664-3d05-4ef2-b077-2b466fc05bba</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/968043ee</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[Payroll is back—but now it’s your problem. When your creative business grows from a sole proprietorship or single-member LLC into an S corporation, the IRS expects you to become your own W-2 employee. That means transferring money from your business checking account to your personal account is no longer a paycheck. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down when S-corp payroll kicks in, how to set a reasonable salary, why your “many hats” matter, and what happens when distributions go beyond profit.

Think of your S-corp like a film crew: you’re the director, the producer, the editor, and sometimes the janitor. A W-2 salary only covers your core creative role, so we use the Many Hats Method to price all the jobs you actually do. We’ll also explain the correct order for getting money out—reimburse expenses first, run payroll second, then take distributions of profit. You’ll learn why too much salary can cost you extra Social Security and Medicare, why negative equity is a red flag, and why clean books make the whole conversation easier.

Whether you’re a photographer, filmmaker, designer, or any creative running (or considering) an S-corp, this episode helps you set a salary the IRS won’t question and avoid the “I paid myself, so I’m fine” trap.

⏱️ Timestamps
00:00 Introduction
00:50 When Payroll Becomes Your Problem
02:58 I Paid Myself — Why Transfers Do Not Count
03:58 What Is Reasonable Compensation?
07:25 The Many Hats Method for Setting Salary
09:38 Distributions, K-1s, and Capital Gains
11:30 Your Equity Section and Balance Sheet Red Flags
13:10 Do Not Overpay Yourself, Either
14:40 Keep Clean Books and Get Help
15:40 Outro

Why subscribe?
Taxes for creatives don’t have to feel like a horror film with no script. Let’s Get Fiscal is the coffee-shop conversation that turns tax jargon into plain English, so you can run your creative business without the money anxiety. Every episode, Anastasia and Myiesha translate IRS rules into real-world scenarios for photographers, videographers, actors, filmmakers, directors, designers, and anyone building a business behind the work. Subscribe and the next money question won’t catch you off guard.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What’s your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#SCorpPayroll #ReasonableCompensation #CreativeBusinessTaxes #SmallBusinessAccounting #SCorpSalary #LetsGetFiscal #TaxTipsForCreatives #PayrollForCreatives #BusinessFinances #CreativeEntrepreneur

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Payroll is back—but now it’s your problem. When your creative business grows from a sole proprietorship or single-member LLC into an S corporation, the IRS expects you to become your own W-2 employee. That means transferring money from your business checking account to your personal account is no longer a paycheck. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down when S-corp payroll kicks in, how to set a reasonable salary, why your “many hats” matter, and what happens when distributions go beyond profit.

Think of your S-corp like a film crew: you’re the director, the producer, the editor, and sometimes the janitor. A W-2 salary only covers your core creative role, so we use the Many Hats Method to price all the jobs you actually do. We’ll also explain the correct order for getting money out—reimburse expenses first, run payroll second, then take distributions of profit. You’ll learn why too much salary can cost you extra Social Security and Medicare, why negative equity is a red flag, and why clean books make the whole conversation easier.

Whether you’re a photographer, filmmaker, designer, or any creative running (or considering) an S-corp, this episode helps you set a salary the IRS won’t question and avoid the “I paid myself, so I’m fine” trap.

⏱️ Timestamps
00:00 Introduction
00:50 When Payroll Becomes Your Problem
02:58 I Paid Myself — Why Transfers Do Not Count
03:58 What Is Reasonable Compensation?
07:25 The Many Hats Method for Setting Salary
09:38 Distributions, K-1s, and Capital Gains
11:30 Your Equity Section and Balance Sheet Red Flags
13:10 Do Not Overpay Yourself, Either
14:40 Keep Clean Books and Get Help
15:40 Outro

Why subscribe?
Taxes for creatives don’t have to feel like a horror film with no script. Let’s Get Fiscal is the coffee-shop conversation that turns tax jargon into plain English, so you can run your creative business without the money anxiety. Every episode, Anastasia and Myiesha translate IRS rules into real-world scenarios for photographers, videographers, actors, filmmakers, directors, designers, and anyone building a business behind the work. Subscribe and the next money question won’t catch you off guard.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What’s your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#SCorpPayroll #ReasonableCompensation #CreativeBusinessTaxes #SmallBusinessAccounting #SCorpSalary #LetsGetFiscal #TaxTipsForCreatives #PayrollForCreatives #BusinessFinances #CreativeEntrepreneur

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/968043ee/68728874.mp3" length="39028042" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/U6DUHd4tPEWfI2eq6vJytIlpvlEaLBpeT56s0LtZXV0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zZWI5/MjJmNTY5ZGNhNzkx/YjIzNTVhN2ZjNDk3/ODA3Yi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>972</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Payroll is back—but now it’s your problem. When your creative business grows from a sole proprietorship or single-member LLC into an S corporation, the IRS expects you to become your own W-2 employee. That means transferring money from your business checking account to your personal account is no longer a paycheck. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down when S-corp payroll kicks in, how to set a reasonable salary, why your “many hats” matter, and what happens when distributions go…</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Payroll is back—but now it’s your problem. When your creative business grows from a sole proprietorship or single-member LLC into an S corporation, the IRS expects you to become your own W-2 employee. That means transferring money from your business check</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>S-Corp payroll, reasonable compensation, S corporation salary, creative business taxes, small business accounting, S corp distributions, K-1 tax form, payroll for creatives, LLC to S corp, self-employed payroll, Social Security Medicare tax, business owner salary, tax tips for creatives, Let's Get Fiscal, Coterie Tax, S corporation, creative business owners, filmmaker taxes, photographer taxes, designer taxes, W-2 salary, distributions, K-1, capital gains, balance sheet equity, payroll mistake, tax podcast, money anxiety, many hats method, self-employed taxes</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/968043ee/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP48 - W-2 vs 1099: Tax Differences Creative Business Owners Need to Know</title>
      <itunes:title>EP48 - W-2 vs 1099: Tax Differences Creative Business Owners Need to Know</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4aed15e6-eadd-4d09-a60a-f4b703f317bd</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9639308</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[Freelancer or employee? One path hands you a bigger check today; the other can quietly hand you a five-figure tax bill tomorrow. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down how to choose between W-2 and 1099 pay without getting burned by the fine print.

If you've ever stared at a freelance offer and thought, "This check is way bigger than my old salary—what's the catch?" this conversation is for you. Anastasia and Myiesha pull back the curtain on the real math behind employee pay versus freelancer pay. They translate every tax form and payroll term into plain English so you can make the choice that fits your creative business, not just the one that sounds good in the moment.

You'll learn why a 1099 can feel like a raise but turn into a tax-season shock, how employee benefits add up to thousands of dollars in hidden value, and what it actually takes to run your freelance income through a Schedule C. They also cover the W-4 confusion that has even seasoned employees owing money, the truth about tax refunds, and how to decide if the freedom of freelancing is worth the extra responsibility.

⏱️ Timestamps:
00:00 Introduction
01:30 W-2 vs 1099: The Forms and the Paycheck Illusion
03:00 The Hidden Value of Employee Benefits
05:00 Why Your W-4 Withholding Might Be Wrong
07:00 Schedule C, Business Expenses, and Self-Employment Tax
09:30 Tax Refunds: Your Money, Not a Gift
11:00 How to Fill Out a W-9 and Pick Your LLC Tax Status
13:00 Freedom vs Responsibility: Making the Choice
14:30 Wrap Up and Listener Call-to-Action

Why subscribe? Let's Get Fiscal is the tax-and-money podcast that speaks fluent creative. Hosted by Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher, each episode breaks down the accounting, tax, and small-business finance stuff that keeps photographers, videographers, actors, filmmakers, directors, designers, and freelancers up at night—without the corporate jargon or condescending lectures. Subscribe so you never miss an episode, and bring your real questions. We read every one, and listener questions shape what we cover next.

🔗 Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

📊 Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#FreelancerTaxes #1099vsW2 #CreativeBusinessOwner #TaxTipsForFreelancers #ScheduleC #SelfEmploymentTax #SmallBusinessFinance #QuarterlyTaxes #CoterieTax #LetsGetFiscalPodcast #TaxPlanning #1099NEC

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[Freelancer or employee? One path hands you a bigger check today; the other can quietly hand you a five-figure tax bill tomorrow. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down how to choose between W-2 and 1099 pay without getting burned by the fine print.

If you've ever stared at a freelance offer and thought, "This check is way bigger than my old salary—what's the catch?" this conversation is for you. Anastasia and Myiesha pull back the curtain on the real math behind employee pay versus freelancer pay. They translate every tax form and payroll term into plain English so you can make the choice that fits your creative business, not just the one that sounds good in the moment.

You'll learn why a 1099 can feel like a raise but turn into a tax-season shock, how employee benefits add up to thousands of dollars in hidden value, and what it actually takes to run your freelance income through a Schedule C. They also cover the W-4 confusion that has even seasoned employees owing money, the truth about tax refunds, and how to decide if the freedom of freelancing is worth the extra responsibility.

⏱️ Timestamps:
00:00 Introduction
01:30 W-2 vs 1099: The Forms and the Paycheck Illusion
03:00 The Hidden Value of Employee Benefits
05:00 Why Your W-4 Withholding Might Be Wrong
07:00 Schedule C, Business Expenses, and Self-Employment Tax
09:30 Tax Refunds: Your Money, Not a Gift
11:00 How to Fill Out a W-9 and Pick Your LLC Tax Status
13:00 Freedom vs Responsibility: Making the Choice
14:30 Wrap Up and Listener Call-to-Action

Why subscribe? Let's Get Fiscal is the tax-and-money podcast that speaks fluent creative. Hosted by Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher, each episode breaks down the accounting, tax, and small-business finance stuff that keeps photographers, videographers, actors, filmmakers, directors, designers, and freelancers up at night—without the corporate jargon or condescending lectures. Subscribe so you never miss an episode, and bring your real questions. We read every one, and listener questions shape what we cover next.

🔗 Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

📊 Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#FreelancerTaxes #1099vsW2 #CreativeBusinessOwner #TaxTipsForFreelancers #ScheduleC #SelfEmploymentTax #SmallBusinessFinance #QuarterlyTaxes #CoterieTax #LetsGetFiscalPodcast #TaxPlanning #1099NEC

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a9639308/0d96d662.mp3" length="39151120" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/eB9y6FjJWiC3ZyhF4Bn1EIl4jwY6Ar3D_o1TNAHXphE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85MWFl/YzhmZWZmMzE2NmYx/YWQ5ODhlZDE4Zjg0/ZDk5YS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>975</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Freelancer or employee? One path hands you a bigger check today; the other can quietly hand you a five-figure tax bill tomorrow. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down how to choose between W-2 and 1099 pay without getting burned by the fine print. If you've ever stared at a freelance offer and thought, "This check is way bigger than my old salary—what's the catch?" this conversation is for you. Anastasia and Myiesha pull back the curtain on the real math behind employee pay versus…</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Freelancer or employee? One path hands you a bigger check today; the other can quietly hand you a five-figure tax bill tomorrow. In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down how to choose between W-2 and 1099 pay without getting burned by the fine pr</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>freelancer taxes, 1099 vs W-2, W-9 form, W-4 form, Schedule C, self-employment tax, creative business owner, freelance taxes, contractor vs employee, tax withholding, quarterly taxes, small business finance, podcast for freelancers, 1099 NEC, employee benefits, tax planning, Let's Get Fiscal, freelancer vs employee, creative business taxes, freelance income, contractor pay, small business owner, quarterly estimates, tax refund myth, LLC tax classification, Coterie Tax, podcast for creatives</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9639308/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9639308/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9639308/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9639308/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9639308/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP47 - Self-Employment Taxes Explained for Creative Business Owners</title>
      <itunes:title>EP47 - Self-Employment Taxes Explained for Creative Business Owners</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">40d766c1-2034-4704-ade4-9a36c80c3b47</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef6c1591</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[If you've ever looked at your bank account after a freelance gig and thought, "Great, I made ten grand," only to find out a big chunk belongs to the taxman, this episode is for you. Anastasia and Myiesha pull back the curtain on self-employment taxes—the Medicare and Social Security bill that doubles when you are both the employee and the employer. They explain why this is the real culprit behind those "where did all my money go?" moments and why every creative business owner, from photographers to graphic designers, needs to budget for it before spending a dime.

You'll learn how self-employment tax works for sole proprietors, single-member LLCs, partnerships, and even S-corps and C-corps (yes, owners still need "reasonable compensation"). Anastasia shares a dead-simple savings rule, a bank-account strategy that keeps your tax money out of reach, and why paying the IRS more frequently than quarterly is totally allowed. They also talk about the often-forgotten trade-off between lowering your tax bill today and shrinking your Social Security check tomorrow—and how retirement accounts can flip that script.

By the end, you'll know how to stop tax season from feeling like an ambush and start treating taxes as just another line item in your creative business—one you can plan for, save for, and maybe even use to build wealth.

⏱️ Timestamps
00:00 Introduction
02:15 What Is Self-Employment Tax? (The Hidden Double Hit)
04:30 S-Corp &amp; Reasonable Compensation: Does It Actually Save You Money?
07:00 How to Calculate What You Owe (Profit vs. Gross Revenue)
09:30 The 25% Rule: A Simple Savings Blueprint
12:00 Where to Stash Tax Savings (High-Yield &amp; Out-of-Sight Accounts)
14:00 Quarterly Estimates: You Can Pay More Often Than Quarterly
16:00 Retirement, Lifestyle Creep, and Making Taxes Work for You
17:30 Closing: Send Us Your Questions

Why subscribe?
"Let's Get Fiscal" is the tax-and-money podcast for creative business owners who would rather be shooting, designing, or directing than decoding IRS forms. Every week, Anastasia and Myiesha translate tax-speak into real talk you can actually use—no gatekeeping, no panic, and definitely no beige finance vibes. Whether you're trying to figure out quarterly estimates, an S-corp election, or just how much to set aside so you can sleep easy at night, this show gives you plain-English answers and a plan. Subscribe now and let the next money lesson show up before the next bill does.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#SelfEmploymentTax #CreativeBusiness #TaxTips #FreelanceTaxes #QuarterlyTaxes #SmallBusinessTax #SCorpTax #ReasonableCompensation #TaxPlanning #MoneyMindset #CreativeEntrepreneur #LetsGetFiscal

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[If you've ever looked at your bank account after a freelance gig and thought, "Great, I made ten grand," only to find out a big chunk belongs to the taxman, this episode is for you. Anastasia and Myiesha pull back the curtain on self-employment taxes—the Medicare and Social Security bill that doubles when you are both the employee and the employer. They explain why this is the real culprit behind those "where did all my money go?" moments and why every creative business owner, from photographers to graphic designers, needs to budget for it before spending a dime.

You'll learn how self-employment tax works for sole proprietors, single-member LLCs, partnerships, and even S-corps and C-corps (yes, owners still need "reasonable compensation"). Anastasia shares a dead-simple savings rule, a bank-account strategy that keeps your tax money out of reach, and why paying the IRS more frequently than quarterly is totally allowed. They also talk about the often-forgotten trade-off between lowering your tax bill today and shrinking your Social Security check tomorrow—and how retirement accounts can flip that script.

By the end, you'll know how to stop tax season from feeling like an ambush and start treating taxes as just another line item in your creative business—one you can plan for, save for, and maybe even use to build wealth.

⏱️ Timestamps
00:00 Introduction
02:15 What Is Self-Employment Tax? (The Hidden Double Hit)
04:30 S-Corp &amp; Reasonable Compensation: Does It Actually Save You Money?
07:00 How to Calculate What You Owe (Profit vs. Gross Revenue)
09:30 The 25% Rule: A Simple Savings Blueprint
12:00 Where to Stash Tax Savings (High-Yield &amp; Out-of-Sight Accounts)
14:00 Quarterly Estimates: You Can Pay More Often Than Quarterly
16:00 Retirement, Lifestyle Creep, and Making Taxes Work for You
17:30 Closing: Send Us Your Questions

Why subscribe?
"Let's Get Fiscal" is the tax-and-money podcast for creative business owners who would rather be shooting, designing, or directing than decoding IRS forms. Every week, Anastasia and Myiesha translate tax-speak into real talk you can actually use—no gatekeeping, no panic, and definitely no beige finance vibes. Whether you're trying to figure out quarterly estimates, an S-corp election, or just how much to set aside so you can sleep easy at night, this show gives you plain-English answers and a plan. Subscribe now and let the next money lesson show up before the next bill does.

Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#SelfEmploymentTax #CreativeBusiness #TaxTips #FreelanceTaxes #QuarterlyTaxes #SmallBusinessTax #SCorpTax #ReasonableCompensation #TaxPlanning #MoneyMindset #CreativeEntrepreneur #LetsGetFiscal

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ef6c1591/2ee3c778.mp3" length="45118455" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ufyaVzD-jEPsBLHqPknX5bPwIoVpI8it2iJjQlz6GPo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jODdj/MzFmNjFlNmFhN2Vm/ZDZkNzBhMTc5ZTM5/YjJhZi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1123</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you've ever looked at your bank account after a freelance gig and thought, "Great, I made ten grand," only to find out a big chunk belongs to the taxman, this episode is for you. Anastasia and Myiesha pull back the curtain on self-employment taxes—the Medicare and Social Security bill that doubles when you are both the employee and the employer. They explain why this is the real culprit behind those "where did all my money go?" moments and why every creative business owner, from…</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you've ever looked at your bank account after a freelance gig and thought, "Great, I made ten grand," only to find out a big chunk belongs to the taxman, this episode is for you. Anastasia and Myiesha pull back the curtain on self-employment taxes—the </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>self employment tax, creative business taxes, freelance taxes, quarterly estimated taxes, S corp tax, reasonable compensation, tax savings, high yield savings account, small business tax tips, photographer taxes, filmmaker taxes, graphic designer taxes, actor taxes, self employed retirement, tax planning, let's get fiscal, coterietax, S corp, high yield savings, tax savings bucket, creative business owners, freelance tax, photographers, filmmakers, graphic designers, actors, directors, commingling, retirement accounts, podcast, lets get fiscal, anastasia aiello, myiesha fisher</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef6c1591/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef6c1591/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef6c1591/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef6c1591/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef6c1591/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP46 - LLC vs. Sole Proprietor: What Creatives Need to Know Before Filing</title>
      <itunes:title>EP46 - LLC vs. Sole Proprietor: What Creatives Need to Know Before Filing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78788e8c-b694-495d-8fd7-936956e071a8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2db5d8a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[So you’ve landed a steady retainer client, your pottery side hustle is picking up steam, or someone just told you, “You need an LLC.” But do you really—at least for taxes? In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha unpack the money side of choosing a business structure, leaving the legal stuff to the lawyers and focusing on what actually hits your tax return.

A sole proprietor is basically the default setting: you and the business are the same person, like a freelancer operating under their own name. A single-member LLC is like giving that business its own name, bank account, and W-9, but the IRS usually still treats it as a “disregarded entity”—fancy words for “it’s still you at tax time.” That means most deductions and strategies are available either way.

You’ll learn why California charges an $800 franchise tax even if your LLC makes zero dollars, when a client might require an EIN or LLC to keep you off their payroll, and why locking in your business name early can save you from a total rebrand when you’re ready to elect S-corp status later. If you’re deciding whether to make things official, this is the practical checklist that helps you sleep easy at night.

Why subscribe? Because running a creative business shouldn’t feel like you’re guessing your way through a foreign language. Every episode, Anastasia and Myiesha translate tax jargon into plain English, swap scary IRS notices for clear action steps, and treat your money anxiety like the unwelcome houseguest it is—so you can get back to making your best work. Whether you’re a photographer, filmmaker, designer, actor, or any creative making money on your own terms, this is the tax talk that finally makes sense.

🔗 Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

📊 Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#LLC #SoleProprietor #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #TaxPlanning #FreelanceFinance #BusinessEntity #SCorpElection #BrandProtection #CoterieTax #LetsGetFiscal

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[So you’ve landed a steady retainer client, your pottery side hustle is picking up steam, or someone just told you, “You need an LLC.” But do you really—at least for taxes? In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha unpack the money side of choosing a business structure, leaving the legal stuff to the lawyers and focusing on what actually hits your tax return.

A sole proprietor is basically the default setting: you and the business are the same person, like a freelancer operating under their own name. A single-member LLC is like giving that business its own name, bank account, and W-9, but the IRS usually still treats it as a “disregarded entity”—fancy words for “it’s still you at tax time.” That means most deductions and strategies are available either way.

You’ll learn why California charges an $800 franchise tax even if your LLC makes zero dollars, when a client might require an EIN or LLC to keep you off their payroll, and why locking in your business name early can save you from a total rebrand when you’re ready to elect S-corp status later. If you’re deciding whether to make things official, this is the practical checklist that helps you sleep easy at night.

Why subscribe? Because running a creative business shouldn’t feel like you’re guessing your way through a foreign language. Every episode, Anastasia and Myiesha translate tax jargon into plain English, swap scary IRS notices for clear action steps, and treat your money anxiety like the unwelcome houseguest it is—so you can get back to making your best work. Whether you’re a photographer, filmmaker, designer, actor, or any creative making money on your own terms, this is the tax talk that finally makes sense.

🔗 Listen everywhere:
Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=e625b34e37c141a8
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

📊 Helpful resources:
Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Need personalized help? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com/

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#LLC #SoleProprietor #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #TaxPlanning #FreelanceFinance #BusinessEntity #SCorpElection #BrandProtection #CoterieTax #LetsGetFiscal

Produced, Edited, and Distributed by @PodBrosMedia https://podbrosmedia.com]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c2db5d8a/d8ddc300.mp3" length="56319088" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/VeeHdbz5d-AHcTaQp1W6TEaHvnSmwtfdW9J_0EHuO6g/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zMjEw/Mzk4N2ZkOTZjY2M3/NzFkNTI1MTZkMDlk/YWVhZS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1402</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>So you’ve landed a steady retainer client, your pottery side hustle is picking up steam, or someone just told you, “You need an LLC.” But do you really—at least for taxes? In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha unpack the money side of choosing a business structure, leaving the legal stuff to the lawyers and focusing on what actually hits your tax return.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>So you’ve landed a steady retainer client, your pottery side hustle is picking up steam, or someone just told you, “You need an LLC.” But do you really—at least for taxes? In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha unpack the money side of choosing a business</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>LLC vs sole proprietor, single member LLC tax, creative business taxes, California LLC franchise tax, S corp election, small business entity, independent contractor LLC, business tax for creatives, LLC formation costs, sole proprietorship taxes, EIN for freelancers, tax planning for creatives, Coterie Tax, Lets Get Fiscal, LLC, sole proprietor, single member LLC, creative business owner, freelance taxes, California franchise tax, business entity, EIN, independent contractor, LLC vs sole proprietorship, small business taxes, tax planning, brand protection, DBA, Form 568, LLC fees, hobby loss rules</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2db5d8a/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2db5d8a/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2db5d8a/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2db5d8a/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2db5d8a/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bonus Episode - Is Tax Season a Marathon or a Sprint? Discover Our Survival Strategies</title>
      <itunes:title>Bonus Episode - Is Tax Season a Marathon or a Sprint? Discover Our Survival Strategies</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">353d79f4-b794-4840-ace4-9abe48f20f89</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa4a1611</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tax season is often portrayed as a brutal sprint—a four-month scramble that leaves accountants exhausted and burned out. But what if you approached it differently? What if tax season was less about survival and more about showcasing the work you've been building all year? In this unique bonus episode, recorded at 7:45 PM after filming 24 episodes in one day, Anastasia and Myiesha speak directly to their future selves (and to you) about navigating the intensity of tax season with intention, wellness, and even joy.</p><p>This behind-the-scenes conversation reveals the real strategies that help the Coterie Tax team get through their busiest months without losing their minds or their health. You'll hear about the importance of team dynamics, client relationships built on mutual respect, and small wellness practices that make a massive difference. Whether you're an accountant dreading the upcoming season or a business owner trying to understand what your tax team is going through, this episode offers a refreshingly honest look at the marathon of tax season—and how to run it well.</p><p>00:00 Introduction and Opening Remarks<br>00:19 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal<br>00:44 Reflecting on Past Tax Seasons<br>00:57 Surviving Tax Season<br>02:11 Team Dynamics and Support<br>03:20 Maintaining Mental and Physical Health<br>04:17 Client Relationships and Positivity<br>05:59 Looking Forward to 2026<br>10:24 The Marathon of Tax Season<br>13:42 Final Thoughts and Farewell</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: <br>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> <br>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> <br>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a> </p><p>📊 Helpful resources: <br>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> <br>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> <br>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/">https://www.coterietax.com</a> <br>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? </p><p>Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#TaxSeason #AccountantLife #WorkLifeBalance #TaxPreparer #BusinessOwnerSupport #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTax #EntrepreneurWellness #LetsGetFiscal #TaxSeasonSurvival #TeamCulture #ClientRelationships</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tax season is often portrayed as a brutal sprint—a four-month scramble that leaves accountants exhausted and burned out. But what if you approached it differently? What if tax season was less about survival and more about showcasing the work you've been building all year? In this unique bonus episode, recorded at 7:45 PM after filming 24 episodes in one day, Anastasia and Myiesha speak directly to their future selves (and to you) about navigating the intensity of tax season with intention, wellness, and even joy.</p><p>This behind-the-scenes conversation reveals the real strategies that help the Coterie Tax team get through their busiest months without losing their minds or their health. You'll hear about the importance of team dynamics, client relationships built on mutual respect, and small wellness practices that make a massive difference. Whether you're an accountant dreading the upcoming season or a business owner trying to understand what your tax team is going through, this episode offers a refreshingly honest look at the marathon of tax season—and how to run it well.</p><p>00:00 Introduction and Opening Remarks<br>00:19 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal<br>00:44 Reflecting on Past Tax Seasons<br>00:57 Surviving Tax Season<br>02:11 Team Dynamics and Support<br>03:20 Maintaining Mental and Physical Health<br>04:17 Client Relationships and Positivity<br>05:59 Looking Forward to 2026<br>10:24 The Marathon of Tax Season<br>13:42 Final Thoughts and Farewell</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: <br>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> <br>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> <br>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a> </p><p>📊 Helpful resources: <br>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> <br>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> <br>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/">https://www.coterietax.com</a> <br>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? </p><p>Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#TaxSeason #AccountantLife #WorkLifeBalance #TaxPreparer #BusinessOwnerSupport #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTax #EntrepreneurWellness #LetsGetFiscal #TaxSeasonSurvival #TeamCulture #ClientRelationships</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 01:28:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/aa4a1611/d29bab0b.mp3" length="35567551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/UVUwrmb8ymsJR6FpkKZkbSnTocGgIGvv1j5UiCNSxy8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xYWY3/YzA1NzBmN2VjMzdj/NzZkMGU5OGQ4OGRh/YzJlNy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>888</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tax season is often portrayed as a brutal sprint—a four-month scramble that leaves accountants exhausted and burned out. But what if you approached it differently? What if tax season was less about survival and more about showcasing the work you've been building all year? In this unique bonus episode, recorded at 7:45 PM after filming 24 episodes in one day, Anastasia and Myiesha speak directly to their future selves (and to you) about navigating the intensity of tax season with intention, wellness, and even joy.</p><p>This behind-the-scenes conversation reveals the real strategies that help the Coterie Tax team get through their busiest months without losing their minds or their health. You'll hear about the importance of team dynamics, client relationships built on mutual respect, and small wellness practices that make a massive difference. Whether you're an accountant dreading the upcoming season or a business owner trying to understand what your tax team is going through, this episode offers a refreshingly honest look at the marathon of tax season—and how to run it well.</p><p>00:00 Introduction and Opening Remarks<br>00:19 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal<br>00:44 Reflecting on Past Tax Seasons<br>00:57 Surviving Tax Season<br>02:11 Team Dynamics and Support<br>03:20 Maintaining Mental and Physical Health<br>04:17 Client Relationships and Positivity<br>05:59 Looking Forward to 2026<br>10:24 The Marathon of Tax Season<br>13:42 Final Thoughts and Farewell</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: <br>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> <br>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> <br>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a> </p><p>📊 Helpful resources: <br>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> <br>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> <br>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/">https://www.coterietax.com</a> <br>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? </p><p>Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#TaxSeason #AccountantLife #WorkLifeBalance #TaxPreparer #BusinessOwnerSupport #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTax #EntrepreneurWellness #LetsGetFiscal #TaxSeasonSurvival #TeamCulture #ClientRelationships</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa4a1611/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa4a1611/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa4a1611/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa4a1611/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa4a1611/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP44 - How Do Creatives Build Wealth? Master Money Habits Now</title>
      <itunes:title>EP44 - How Do Creatives Build Wealth? Master Money Habits Now</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22d24d1f-fc70-40a1-9160-2c311c73e0c6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a75286c7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP44 - How Do Creatives Build Wealth? Master Money Habits Now</p><p>Do you feel like you're bad at money? You're not alone—and more importantly, you're probably wrong. The truth is that most creative entrepreneurs don't have a money problem, they have a system problem. When your income is unpredictable and project-based, traditional budgeting advice doesn't work. You need a financial framework designed specifically for the way creatives actually earn and spend.</p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the essential money habits that help creative business owners build wealth, grow savings, and sleep better at night—even when income is inconsistent. You'll learn the real cost of commingling business and personal finances, discover the 50-30-20 rule for creative income allocation, and get practical strategies for paying yourself consistently. Whether you're still working a W-2 or fully self-employed, this episode gives you the roadmap to financial confidence without the millennial anxiety.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Creative Wealth Building<br>00:36 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Myiesha<br>00:51 Good Money Habits for Creatives<br>01:30 The Importance of Separating Business and Personal Finances<br>04:15 Paying Yourself Consistently<br>05:46 Saving for Taxes and Business Expenses<br>07:16 Creating a Financial Plan That Works for You<br>11:23 Quarterly vs. Annual Financial Planning<br>13:23 Essential Financial Tools for Beginners<br>16:21 Building Financial Confidence and Security<br>18:27 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:<br>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448<br>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11<br>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p>📊 Helpful resources:<br>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa<br>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast<br>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p>#CreativeWealth #MoneyHabits #BusinessFinance #CreativeBusiness #FinancialPlanning #SelfEmployedTax #BusinessSavings #CashFlowManagement #EntrepreneurMoney #LetsGetFiscal #SmallBusinessTips #FreelanceFinance</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP44 - How Do Creatives Build Wealth? Master Money Habits Now</p><p>Do you feel like you're bad at money? You're not alone—and more importantly, you're probably wrong. The truth is that most creative entrepreneurs don't have a money problem, they have a system problem. When your income is unpredictable and project-based, traditional budgeting advice doesn't work. You need a financial framework designed specifically for the way creatives actually earn and spend.</p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the essential money habits that help creative business owners build wealth, grow savings, and sleep better at night—even when income is inconsistent. You'll learn the real cost of commingling business and personal finances, discover the 50-30-20 rule for creative income allocation, and get practical strategies for paying yourself consistently. Whether you're still working a W-2 or fully self-employed, this episode gives you the roadmap to financial confidence without the millennial anxiety.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Creative Wealth Building<br>00:36 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Myiesha<br>00:51 Good Money Habits for Creatives<br>01:30 The Importance of Separating Business and Personal Finances<br>04:15 Paying Yourself Consistently<br>05:46 Saving for Taxes and Business Expenses<br>07:16 Creating a Financial Plan That Works for You<br>11:23 Quarterly vs. Annual Financial Planning<br>13:23 Essential Financial Tools for Beginners<br>16:21 Building Financial Confidence and Security<br>18:27 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:<br>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448<br>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11<br>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p>📊 Helpful resources:<br>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa<br>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast<br>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p>#CreativeWealth #MoneyHabits #BusinessFinance #CreativeBusiness #FinancialPlanning #SelfEmployedTax #BusinessSavings #CashFlowManagement #EntrepreneurMoney #LetsGetFiscal #SmallBusinessTips #FreelanceFinance</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a75286c7/3c773109.mp3" length="45634086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/uVWDj4yJ-sRkWMrjEYIqETXhH_aE9WkcJ9iFMSPI2nY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wNzFm/ZjQ0OTI4NTlmMDIw/NDYxZDE5NGQ5ODhj/OGMyYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1140</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP44 - How Do Creatives Build Wealth? Master Money Habits Now</p><p>Do you feel like you're bad at money? You're not alone—and more importantly, you're probably wrong. The truth is that most creative entrepreneurs don't have a money problem, they have a system problem. When your income is unpredictable and project-based, traditional budgeting advice doesn't work. You need a financial framework designed specifically for the way creatives actually earn and spend.</p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the essential money habits that help creative business owners build wealth, grow savings, and sleep better at night—even when income is inconsistent. You'll learn the real cost of commingling business and personal finances, discover the 50-30-20 rule for creative income allocation, and get practical strategies for paying yourself consistently. Whether you're still working a W-2 or fully self-employed, this episode gives you the roadmap to financial confidence without the millennial anxiety.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Creative Wealth Building<br>00:36 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Myiesha<br>00:51 Good Money Habits for Creatives<br>01:30 The Importance of Separating Business and Personal Finances<br>04:15 Paying Yourself Consistently<br>05:46 Saving for Taxes and Business Expenses<br>07:16 Creating a Financial Plan That Works for You<br>11:23 Quarterly vs. Annual Financial Planning<br>13:23 Essential Financial Tools for Beginners<br>16:21 Building Financial Confidence and Security<br>18:27 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:<br>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448<br>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11<br>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p>📊 Helpful resources:<br>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa<br>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast<br>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p>#CreativeWealth #MoneyHabits #BusinessFinance #CreativeBusiness #FinancialPlanning #SelfEmployedTax #BusinessSavings #CashFlowManagement #EntrepreneurMoney #LetsGetFiscal #SmallBusinessTips #FreelanceFinance</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>creative wealth building, money habits for creatives, business finance tips, separate business personal finances, pay yourself consistently, 50-30-20 rule, creative business income, financial planning for freelancers, quarterly tax planning, small business budgeting, financial confidence, Let's Get Fiscal, Coterie Tax, Anastasia Aiello, Myiesha Fisher, creative entrepreneur money</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a75286c7/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a75286c7/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a75286c7/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a75286c7/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a75286c7/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP43 - How Are Retainers Taxed? Your Creative Business Playbook</title>
      <itunes:title>EP43 - How Are Retainers Taxed? Your Creative Business Playbook</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6628f167-2bc7-488b-b6cd-81a38a0947dc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a82d8846</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retainers and deposits can feel like found money—until tax season hits and you realize you might be paying taxes on funds that aren't actually yours yet. If you've ever received a production budget in December only to pay it all out in January, or collected deposits for work you haven't performed, this episode is your essential guide to understanding when retainers count as income and how to avoid costly cash flow mistakes.</p><p><br></p><p>Anastasia and Myiesha break down the critical differences between refundable and non-refundable deposits, explain cash basis versus accrual basis accounting, and reveal when you might be accidentally paying income tax on money that's earmarked for vendors. You'll learn practical strategies for separating reimbursement funds from service income, discover when it makes sense to change your accounting method or fiscal year, and get actionable tips for managing production budgets, event planning expenses, and interior design client funds without draining your own cash flow.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Retainers and Deposits</p><p>00:34 Meet Your Hosts: Myiesha and Anastasia</p><p>00:56 Understanding Deposits in the Creative Sector</p><p>01:33 Tax Implications of Non-Refundable and Refundable Deposits</p><p>04:25 Cash Basis vs. Accrual Basis Accounting</p><p>06:01 Deferred Revenue and Seasonal Business Considerations</p><p>07:25 Handling Retainers and Income Recognition</p><p>12:12 Practical Tips for Managing Deposits and Reimbursements</p><p>18:11 Final Thoughts and Viewer Q&amp;A</p><p>19:58 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#RetainerTax #DepositAccounting #CashBasisAccounting #AccrualAccounting #ProductionBudget #CreativeBusinessTax #DeferredRevenue #BusinessCashFlow #TaxPlanning #LetsGetFiscal #InteriorDesignBusiness #EventPlanningTax</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Retainers and deposits can feel like found money—until tax season hits and you realize you might be paying taxes on funds that aren't actually yours yet. If you've ever received a production budget in December only to pay it all out in January, or collected deposits for work you haven't performed, this episode is your essential guide to understanding when retainers count as income and how to avoid costly cash flow mistakes.</p><p><br></p><p>Anastasia and Myiesha break down the critical differences between refundable and non-refundable deposits, explain cash basis versus accrual basis accounting, and reveal when you might be accidentally paying income tax on money that's earmarked for vendors. You'll learn practical strategies for separating reimbursement funds from service income, discover when it makes sense to change your accounting method or fiscal year, and get actionable tips for managing production budgets, event planning expenses, and interior design client funds without draining your own cash flow.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Retainers and Deposits</p><p>00:34 Meet Your Hosts: Myiesha and Anastasia</p><p>00:56 Understanding Deposits in the Creative Sector</p><p>01:33 Tax Implications of Non-Refundable and Refundable Deposits</p><p>04:25 Cash Basis vs. Accrual Basis Accounting</p><p>06:01 Deferred Revenue and Seasonal Business Considerations</p><p>07:25 Handling Retainers and Income Recognition</p><p>12:12 Practical Tips for Managing Deposits and Reimbursements</p><p>18:11 Final Thoughts and Viewer Q&amp;A</p><p>19:58 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#RetainerTax #DepositAccounting #CashBasisAccounting #AccrualAccounting #ProductionBudget #CreativeBusinessTax #DeferredRevenue #BusinessCashFlow #TaxPlanning #LetsGetFiscal #InteriorDesignBusiness #EventPlanningTax</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2026 12:00:40 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a82d8846/2d745dba.mp3" length="49574871" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/9HXRFNLvDzP-7_5wqbt375XKRaQPfhCVow6lEwgSYDQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mZDli/ODk4NzI5ODExY2U2/ZDE2MzRmOGE2Y2M0/ZTk5NS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1240</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Retainers and deposits can feel like found money—until tax season hits and you realize you might be paying taxes on funds that aren't actually yours yet. If you've ever received a production budget in December only to pay it all out in January, or collected deposits for work you haven't performed, this episode is your essential guide to understanding when retainers count as income and how to avoid costly cash flow mistakes.



Anastasia and Myiesha break down the critical differences between refundable and non-refundable deposits, explain cash basis versus accrual basis accounting, and reveal when you might be accidentally paying income tax on money that's earmarked for vendors. You'll learn practical strategies for separating reimbursement funds from service income, discover when it makes sense to change your accounting method or fiscal year, and get actionable tips for managing production budgets, event planning expenses, and interior design client funds without draining your own cash flow.



00:00 Introduction to Retainers and Deposits

00:34 Meet Your Hosts: Myiesha and Anastasia

00:56 Understanding Deposits in the Creative Sector

01:33 Tax Implications of Non-Refundable and Refundable Deposits

04:25 Cash Basis vs. Accrual Basis Accounting

06:01 Deferred Revenue and Seasonal Business Considerations

07:25 Handling Retainers and Income Recognition

12:12 Practical Tips for Managing Deposits and Reimbursements

18:11 Final Thoughts and Viewer Q&amp;amp;A

19:58 Conclusion and Next Steps



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.

🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#RetainerTax #DepositAccounting #CashBasisAccounting #AccrualAccounting #ProductionBudget #CreativeBusinessTax #DeferredRevenue #BusinessCashFlow #TaxPlanning #LetsGetFiscal #InteriorDesignBusiness #EventPlanningTax</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Retainers and deposits can feel like found money—until tax season hits and you realize you might be paying taxes on funds that aren't actually yours yet. If you've ever received a production budget in December only to pay it all out in January, or collect</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a82d8846/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP42 - Is Your Accountant Costing You? Spot Red Flags and Make a Change!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP42 - Is Your Accountant Costing You? Spot Red Flags and Make a Change!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">695b3a86-c5ce-41aa-9c03-c0d131536b95</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/674f228f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your accountant should be your business partner, advocate, and financial guide—not a source of stress, confusion, or missed opportunities. But how do you know if your current accountant is truly serving your business or holding you back? Whether you're feeling underserved, overcharged, or just uncertain if it's time for a change, this episode gives you the clarity and confidence to make the right decision.</p><p><br></p><p>Anastasia and Myiesha break down the red flags and green flags to look for in an accounting relationship, how to interview potential new accountants, and what questions to ask before making a switch. You'll learn about communication styles, pricing expectations, timing strategies, and how to ensure a smooth transition. Plus, they tackle the guilt and hesitation many entrepreneurs feel about "breaking up" with their accountant—and why it's actually a normal, healthy part of business growth.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction: The Cost of a Bad Accountant</p><p>00:46 Finding the Right Accountant for You</p><p>02:28 Challenges in Switching Accountants</p><p>06:36 The Industry Shift: From Mom-and-Pop to Corporate</p><p>07:31 Interviewing New Accountants: Key Questions to Ask</p><p>12:40 Recalibrating Expectations with Your Current Accountant</p><p>14:26 Client Relationships and Communication</p><p>16:15 Identifying Fair Pricing</p><p>18:11 Best Time to Switch Accountants</p><p>21:24 Questions to Ask Before Switching Accountants</p><p>22:50 Ensuring Smooth Transition</p><p>25:05 Adapting to Business Growth</p><p>27:06 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>#AccountantRedFlags #SwitchingAccountants #SmallBusinessTax #CreativeBusinessOwner #TaxPreparer #CPAAdvice #BookkeepingTips #BusinessFinance #EntrepreneurTips #LetsGetFiscal #TaxPlanning #AccountingServices</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your accountant should be your business partner, advocate, and financial guide—not a source of stress, confusion, or missed opportunities. But how do you know if your current accountant is truly serving your business or holding you back? Whether you're feeling underserved, overcharged, or just uncertain if it's time for a change, this episode gives you the clarity and confidence to make the right decision.</p><p><br></p><p>Anastasia and Myiesha break down the red flags and green flags to look for in an accounting relationship, how to interview potential new accountants, and what questions to ask before making a switch. You'll learn about communication styles, pricing expectations, timing strategies, and how to ensure a smooth transition. Plus, they tackle the guilt and hesitation many entrepreneurs feel about "breaking up" with their accountant—and why it's actually a normal, healthy part of business growth.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction: The Cost of a Bad Accountant</p><p>00:46 Finding the Right Accountant for You</p><p>02:28 Challenges in Switching Accountants</p><p>06:36 The Industry Shift: From Mom-and-Pop to Corporate</p><p>07:31 Interviewing New Accountants: Key Questions to Ask</p><p>12:40 Recalibrating Expectations with Your Current Accountant</p><p>14:26 Client Relationships and Communication</p><p>16:15 Identifying Fair Pricing</p><p>18:11 Best Time to Switch Accountants</p><p>21:24 Questions to Ask Before Switching Accountants</p><p>22:50 Ensuring Smooth Transition</p><p>25:05 Adapting to Business Growth</p><p>27:06 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>#AccountantRedFlags #SwitchingAccountants #SmallBusinessTax #CreativeBusinessOwner #TaxPreparer #CPAAdvice #BookkeepingTips #BusinessFinance #EntrepreneurTips #LetsGetFiscal #TaxPlanning #AccountingServices</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2026 12:00:15 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/674f228f/07dc1fa8.mp3" length="66248160" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/56OSa3L_KeXZrKIugnZNziRxwSal3-9LfOIoF6_ICLU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82YzZi/OWJiZWE3MmMwNWQx/NTAwZDFhMjg5OTU1/YWViMy5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1657</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Your accountant should be your business partner, advocate, and financial guide—not a source of stress, confusion, or missed opportunities. But how do you know if your current accountant is truly serving your business or holding you back? Whether you're feeling underserved, overcharged, or just uncertain if it's time for a change, this episode gives you the clarity and confidence to make the right decision.



Anastasia and Myiesha break down the red flags and green flags to look for in an accounting relationship, how to interview potential new accountants, and what questions to ask before making a switch. You'll learn about communication styles, pricing expectations, timing strategies, and how to ensure a smooth transition. Plus, they tackle the guilt and hesitation many entrepreneurs feel about "breaking up" with their accountant—and why it's actually a normal, healthy part of business growth.



00:00 Introduction: The Cost of a Bad Accountant

00:46 Finding the Right Accountant for You

02:28 Challenges in Switching Accountants

06:36 The Industry Shift: From Mom-and-Pop to Corporate

07:31 Interviewing New Accountants: Key Questions to Ask

12:40 Recalibrating Expectations with Your Current Accountant

14:26 Client Relationships and Communication

16:15 Identifying Fair Pricing

18:11 Best Time to Switch Accountants

21:24 Questions to Ask Before Switching Accountants

22:50 Ensuring Smooth Transition

25:05 Adapting to Business Growth

27:06 Conclusion and Contact Information



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com



#AccountantRedFlags #SwitchingAccountants #SmallBusinessTax #CreativeBusinessOwner #TaxPreparer #CPAAdvice #BookkeepingTips #BusinessFinance #EntrepreneurTips #LetsGetFiscal #TaxPlanning #AccountingServices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Your accountant should be your business partner, advocate, and financial guide—not a source of stress, confusion, or missed opportunities. But how do you know if your current accountant is truly serving your business or holding you back? Whether you're fe</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/674f228f/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP41 - Can Hairdressers Really Thrive Independently? Discover Financial Freedom</title>
      <itunes:title>EP41 - Can Hairdressers Really Thrive Independently? Discover Financial Freedom</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a37bc3d0-f719-4cc1-b2d6-e27cfff5f7f1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7e677a84</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hairdressers often fear leaving a commission-based salon for chair rental, but financially the shift can be life-changing. Most stylists earning 40% commission don't realize they're actually taking home closer to 30% after taxes and withholdings. When you rent a chair and go independent as a 1099 contractor, you keep 100% of your revenue—and even after paying for supplies, taxes, and your own benefits, you typically earn significantly more while gaining complete control over your schedule, pricing, and client base.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down the real financial math behind going independent as a hairdresser. You'll learn exactly how W2 commission structures compare to 1099 chair rental, how to manage multiple income streams (cash, Venmo, Zelle, Square), the critical deductions most stylists miss, and why the fear of going independent is often based on misconceptions. Whether you're currently working on commission or considering renting a chair, this episode gives you the numbers and strategies you need to make an informed decision about your financial future.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're tired of hitting an income ceiling or wondering if going independent is worth the risk, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need to confidently make the leap.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Going Independent</p><p>00:54 Types of Employment for Hairdressers</p><p>01:30 Pros and Cons of W2 vs. 1099</p><p>03:24 Financial Management Tips for Independent Hairdressers</p><p>04:34 Handling Income and Taxes</p><p>08:43 Additional Business Considerations</p><p>10:05 Freelancing vs. W2 Employment: Pros and Cons</p><p>10:31 Control Over Income and Work Hours</p><p>11:37 Long-Term Value and Career Growth</p><p>12:31 Making the Decision to Go Freelance</p><p>13:33 Financial Management Tips for Freelancers</p><p>15:21 Handling Tips and Gratuity</p><p>15:53 Commonly Missed Deductions</p><p>17:26 Overcoming the Fear of Going Freelance</p><p>18:03 The Importance of Professional Guidance</p><p>20:26 Final Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hairdressers often fear leaving a commission-based salon for chair rental, but financially the shift can be life-changing. Most stylists earning 40% commission don't realize they're actually taking home closer to 30% after taxes and withholdings. When you rent a chair and go independent as a 1099 contractor, you keep 100% of your revenue—and even after paying for supplies, taxes, and your own benefits, you typically earn significantly more while gaining complete control over your schedule, pricing, and client base.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down the real financial math behind going independent as a hairdresser. You'll learn exactly how W2 commission structures compare to 1099 chair rental, how to manage multiple income streams (cash, Venmo, Zelle, Square), the critical deductions most stylists miss, and why the fear of going independent is often based on misconceptions. Whether you're currently working on commission or considering renting a chair, this episode gives you the numbers and strategies you need to make an informed decision about your financial future.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're tired of hitting an income ceiling or wondering if going independent is worth the risk, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need to confidently make the leap.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Going Independent</p><p>00:54 Types of Employment for Hairdressers</p><p>01:30 Pros and Cons of W2 vs. 1099</p><p>03:24 Financial Management Tips for Independent Hairdressers</p><p>04:34 Handling Income and Taxes</p><p>08:43 Additional Business Considerations</p><p>10:05 Freelancing vs. W2 Employment: Pros and Cons</p><p>10:31 Control Over Income and Work Hours</p><p>11:37 Long-Term Value and Career Growth</p><p>12:31 Making the Decision to Go Freelance</p><p>13:33 Financial Management Tips for Freelancers</p><p>15:21 Handling Tips and Gratuity</p><p>15:53 Commonly Missed Deductions</p><p>17:26 Overcoming the Fear of Going Freelance</p><p>18:03 The Importance of Professional Guidance</p><p>20:26 Final Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 12:00:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7e677a84/742b91f6.mp3" length="50212327" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Q-ko9SqAlN3sVreDR8PSTdjrsmnJ-R6huLAfgobUvpI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yN2Vm/YmNjYjE1ZTNjZWIx/MWJkOThmNzQwMTZi/YTEyMy5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1256</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Hairdressers often fear leaving a commission-based salon for chair rental, but financially the shift can be life-changing. Most stylists earning 40% commission don't realize they're actually taking home closer to 30% after taxes and withholdings. When you rent a chair and go independent as a 1099 contractor, you keep 100% of your revenue—and even after paying for supplies, taxes, and your own benefits, you typically earn significantly more while gaining complete control over your schedule, pricing, and client base.



In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down the real financial math behind going independent as a hairdresser. You'll learn exactly how W2 commission structures compare to 1099 chair rental, how to manage multiple income streams (cash, Venmo, Zelle, Square), the critical deductions most stylists miss, and why the fear of going independent is often based on misconceptions. Whether you're currently working on commission or considering renting a chair, this episode gives you the numbers and strategies you need to make an informed decision about your financial future.



If you're tired of hitting an income ceiling or wondering if going independent is worth the risk, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need to confidently make the leap.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to Going Independent

00:54 Types of Employment for Hairdressers

01:30 Pros and Cons of W2 vs. 1099

03:24 Financial Management Tips for Independent Hairdressers

04:34 Handling Income and Taxes

08:43 Additional Business Considerations

10:05 Freelancing vs. W2 Employment: Pros and Cons

10:31 Control Over Income and Work Hours

11:37 Long-Term Value and Career Growth

12:31 Making the Decision to Go Freelance

13:33 Financial Management Tips for Freelancers

15:21 Handling Tips and Gratuity

15:53 Commonly Missed Deductions

17:26 Overcoming the Fear of Going Freelance

18:03 The Importance of Professional Guidance

20:26 Final Thoughts and Encouragement



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Hairdressers often fear leaving a commission-based salon for chair rental, but financially the shift can be life-changing. Most stylists earning 40% commission don't realize they're actually taking home closer to 30% after taxes and withholdings. When you</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7e677a84/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP40 - Is Your NYC S-Corp Secretly Losing Money? Discover the Hidden Tax Trap!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP40 - Is Your NYC S-Corp Secretly Losing Money? Discover the Hidden Tax Trap!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc7ae5c4-3bd3-4297-a22a-bb80d5441e06</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6b152f63</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most S-Corp owners in New York City don't realize they owe a completely separate city-level corporation tax—and it's costing them thousands. The NYC General Corporation Tax hits at 8.9% of your profit, requires quarterly estimated payments, and comes with massive late fees if you miss them. If you're running an S-Corp in one of the five boroughs and your tax preparer hasn't mentioned this, you could be facing a surprise \$6,000+ tax bill with penalties.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down the NYC General Corporation Tax that catches creative entrepreneurs off guard every year. You'll learn exactly how this tax works, why single-member LLCs don't pay it, how to calculate whether an S-Corp still makes sense with this additional 8.9% burden, and the critical quarterly deadlines you cannot miss. Whether you're already an S-Corp in NYC or considering the switch, this episode gives you the numbers and strategy you need to make informed decisions and avoid costly surprises.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're tired of discovering new tax obligations after it's too late, or if you're weighing whether an S-Corp makes financial sense in New York City, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need right now.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to NYC General Corporation Tax</p><p>00:36 Meet Your Hosts: Aisha and Anastasia</p><p>01:01 Understanding S-Corporation Tax Nuances</p><p>01:34 NYC General Corporation Tax Explained</p><p>04:10 Comparing Tax Implications: S-Corp vs. LLC</p><p>08:55 Practical Tips for Managing NYC Taxes</p><p>12:45 Final Thoughts and Professional Advice</p><p>20:10 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#NYCBusinessTaxes #SCorpTaxes #NewYorkCityTaxes #GeneralCorporationTax #SmallBusinessTaxes #NYCEntrepreneur #SCorpStrategy #BusinessTaxPlanning #CreativeBusinessTaxes #NYCBusinessOwner #LetsGetFiscal #TaxSurprises</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most S-Corp owners in New York City don't realize they owe a completely separate city-level corporation tax—and it's costing them thousands. The NYC General Corporation Tax hits at 8.9% of your profit, requires quarterly estimated payments, and comes with massive late fees if you miss them. If you're running an S-Corp in one of the five boroughs and your tax preparer hasn't mentioned this, you could be facing a surprise \$6,000+ tax bill with penalties.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down the NYC General Corporation Tax that catches creative entrepreneurs off guard every year. You'll learn exactly how this tax works, why single-member LLCs don't pay it, how to calculate whether an S-Corp still makes sense with this additional 8.9% burden, and the critical quarterly deadlines you cannot miss. Whether you're already an S-Corp in NYC or considering the switch, this episode gives you the numbers and strategy you need to make informed decisions and avoid costly surprises.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're tired of discovering new tax obligations after it's too late, or if you're weighing whether an S-Corp makes financial sense in New York City, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need right now.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to NYC General Corporation Tax</p><p>00:36 Meet Your Hosts: Aisha and Anastasia</p><p>01:01 Understanding S-Corporation Tax Nuances</p><p>01:34 NYC General Corporation Tax Explained</p><p>04:10 Comparing Tax Implications: S-Corp vs. LLC</p><p>08:55 Practical Tips for Managing NYC Taxes</p><p>12:45 Final Thoughts and Professional Advice</p><p>20:10 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#NYCBusinessTaxes #SCorpTaxes #NewYorkCityTaxes #GeneralCorporationTax #SmallBusinessTaxes #NYCEntrepreneur #SCorpStrategy #BusinessTaxPlanning #CreativeBusinessTaxes #NYCBusinessOwner #LetsGetFiscal #TaxSurprises</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 12:00:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6b152f63/6ab3d7b0.mp3" length="49563366" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/IHSeIiWeCTYVS_LWvw9cPAahqG-zwy4JD2jhPTIHmEQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zY2Ux/ZWNhODY3YzgwMjFk/YmY4NGEyMjE3ODI0/ZWMzMy5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1240</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Most S-Corp owners in New York City don't realize they owe a completely separate city-level corporation tax—and it's costing them thousands. The NYC General Corporation Tax hits at 8.9% of your profit, requires quarterly estimated payments, and comes with massive late fees if you miss them. If you're running an S-Corp in one of the five boroughs and your tax preparer hasn't mentioned this, you could be facing a surprise \$6,000+ tax bill with penalties.



In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down the NYC General Corporation Tax that catches creative entrepreneurs off guard every year. You'll learn exactly how this tax works, why single-member LLCs don't pay it, how to calculate whether an S-Corp still makes sense with this additional 8.9% burden, and the critical quarterly deadlines you cannot miss. Whether you're already an S-Corp in NYC or considering the switch, this episode gives you the numbers and strategy you need to make informed decisions and avoid costly surprises.



If you're tired of discovering new tax obligations after it's too late, or if you're weighing whether an S-Corp makes financial sense in New York City, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need right now.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to NYC General Corporation Tax

00:36 Meet Your Hosts: Aisha and Anastasia

01:01 Understanding S-Corporation Tax Nuances

01:34 NYC General Corporation Tax Explained

04:10 Comparing Tax Implications: S-Corp vs. LLC

08:55 Practical Tips for Managing NYC Taxes

12:45 Final Thoughts and Professional Advice

20:10 Conclusion and Contact Information



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#NYCBusinessTaxes #SCorpTaxes #NewYorkCityTaxes #GeneralCorporationTax #SmallBusinessTaxes #NYCEntrepreneur #SCorpStrategy #BusinessTaxPlanning #CreativeBusinessTaxes #NYCBusinessOwner #LetsGetFiscal #TaxSurprises</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most S-Corp owners in New York City don't realize they owe a completely separate city-level corporation tax—and it's costing them thousands. The NYC General Corporation Tax hits at 8.9% of your profit, requires quarterly estimated payments, and comes with</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6b152f63/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP39 - How Can NY's Pass-Through Tax Save You Money? Secrets to Thousands in Deductions</title>
      <itunes:title>EP39 - How Can NY's Pass-Through Tax Save You Money? Secrets to Thousands in Deductions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dd43c512-3036-4f38-92d2-fa4b4547c23d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/712f518b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're a creative business owner in New York with an S-Corp or partnership, you could be leaving thousands of dollars on the table every year. New York's Pass-Through Entity Tax (PTET) is a powerful but underutilized strategy that converts your state income taxes into federal deductions—but only if you understand the rules and deadlines. Miss the March 15th election deadline, and you're locked out for the entire year, no exceptions.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly how New York's PTET works, who should opt in, and the critical mistakes that cost business owners real money. You'll learn what pass-through entities are, why the SALT cap created this opportunity, how to calculate and make quarterly payments, and what's changing in 2026 with new federal limitations. Whether you're earning \$50,000 in profit or \$500,000, this episode gives you the roadmap to turn your state tax payments into valuable federal deductions.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're tired of paying more in taxes than you need to, or if you've heard about PTET but don't know if it applies to you, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need before the deadline hits.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to New York's Pass Through Entity Tax</p><p>00:51 Understanding Pass Through Entities</p><p>02:21 The SALT Cap and Its Implications</p><p>05:13 Eligibility and Election Deadlines</p><p>08:29 Quarterly Estimated Payments</p><p>12:02 Real-Life Examples and Practical Tips</p><p>16:10 Upcoming Changes and Final Tips</p><p>18:44 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#PassThroughEntityTax #NYStateTaxes #PTETStrategy #SCorpTaxes #SmallBusinessTaxes #NewYorkBusinessTaxes #SALTCap #TaxDeductions #EntrepreneurTaxes #CreativeBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal #TaxPlanning</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're a creative business owner in New York with an S-Corp or partnership, you could be leaving thousands of dollars on the table every year. New York's Pass-Through Entity Tax (PTET) is a powerful but underutilized strategy that converts your state income taxes into federal deductions—but only if you understand the rules and deadlines. Miss the March 15th election deadline, and you're locked out for the entire year, no exceptions.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly how New York's PTET works, who should opt in, and the critical mistakes that cost business owners real money. You'll learn what pass-through entities are, why the SALT cap created this opportunity, how to calculate and make quarterly payments, and what's changing in 2026 with new federal limitations. Whether you're earning \$50,000 in profit or \$500,000, this episode gives you the roadmap to turn your state tax payments into valuable federal deductions.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're tired of paying more in taxes than you need to, or if you've heard about PTET but don't know if it applies to you, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need before the deadline hits.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to New York's Pass Through Entity Tax</p><p>00:51 Understanding Pass Through Entities</p><p>02:21 The SALT Cap and Its Implications</p><p>05:13 Eligibility and Election Deadlines</p><p>08:29 Quarterly Estimated Payments</p><p>12:02 Real-Life Examples and Practical Tips</p><p>16:10 Upcoming Changes and Final Tips</p><p>18:44 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#PassThroughEntityTax #NYStateTaxes #PTETStrategy #SCorpTaxes #SmallBusinessTaxes #NewYorkBusinessTaxes #SALTCap #TaxDeductions #EntrepreneurTaxes #CreativeBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal #TaxPlanning</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 12:00:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/712f518b/bc14ada4.mp3" length="47571375" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/hvriwpOjbiGH3F1ScMk2tU4Y1FabZJ1PhgQ1qRQe9pc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jNWI3/MDJhN2RhN2IxZjIy/Y2Q4Y2Q3OTllODQw/MTNmOS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1190</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you're a creative business owner in New York with an S-Corp or partnership, you could be leaving thousands of dollars on the table every year. New York's Pass-Through Entity Tax (PTET) is a powerful but underutilized strategy that converts your state income taxes into federal deductions—but only if you understand the rules and deadlines. Miss the March 15th election deadline, and you're locked out for the entire year, no exceptions.



In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly how New York's PTET works, who should opt in, and the critical mistakes that cost business owners real money. You'll learn what pass-through entities are, why the SALT cap created this opportunity, how to calculate and make quarterly payments, and what's changing in 2026 with new federal limitations. Whether you're earning \$50,000 in profit or \$500,000, this episode gives you the roadmap to turn your state tax payments into valuable federal deductions.



If you're tired of paying more in taxes than you need to, or if you've heard about PTET but don't know if it applies to you, this episode delivers the clarity and action steps you need before the deadline hits.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to New York's Pass Through Entity Tax

00:51 Understanding Pass Through Entities

02:21 The SALT Cap and Its Implications

05:13 Eligibility and Election Deadlines

08:29 Quarterly Estimated Payments

12:02 Real-Life Examples and Practical Tips

16:10 Upcoming Changes and Final Tips

18:44 Conclusion and Contact Information



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)

Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)

Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#PassThroughEntityTax #NYStateTaxes #PTETStrategy #SCorpTaxes #SmallBusinessTaxes #NewYorkBusinessTaxes #SALTCap #TaxDeductions #EntrepreneurTaxes #CreativeBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal #TaxPlanning</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you're a creative business owner in New York with an S-Corp or partnership, you could be leaving thousands of dollars on the table every year. New York's Pass-Through Entity Tax (PTET) is a powerful but underutilized strategy that converts your state i</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/712f518b/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP38 - LA Business Tax for Creatives: How to Qualify for the $300K Exemption</title>
      <itunes:title>EP38 - LA Business Tax for Creatives: How to Qualify for the $300K Exemption</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">98eda5a1-dd15-4b01-b271-0f7c6484952c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7acbbc36</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you live or work in Los Angeles, there's a city business tax you might not know about—and ignoring it could cost you hundreds (or thousands) in penalties. The catch? Most creatives qualify for a massive exemption if they file on time. Miss the deadline by even one day, and you'll owe taxes you could have avoided entirely.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down everything LA-based creatives need to know about the City of LA Business Tax. You'll learn who has to file (hint: working in LA for just 3 days triggers it), how the \$300,000 creative exemption works, why your zip code might not determine if you owe this tax, and the critical February 28th deadline that makes or breaks your exemption. Whether you're a photographer, director, writer, or any other creative professional, this episode gives you the exact steps to stay compliant without overpaying.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to LA Business Tax</p><p>00:54 Understanding the LA Tax Filing Requirement</p><p>03:08 Filing on Time and Avoiding Penalties</p><p>06:08 Creative Exemptions and Income Thresholds</p><p>07:30 Account Setup and Reporting</p><p>09:26 Special Cases and Exemptions</p><p>11:52 Understanding Income Categories</p><p>12:07 Navigating the Website</p><p>12:30 Exemptions and Worldwide Income</p><p>13:21 Classification and Subcategories</p><p>14:03 Filing and Deadlines</p><p>14:32 City of LA's Support System</p><p>16:55 Steps for New Business Owners</p><p>20:05 Compliance Health Check</p><p>20:33 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#LABusinessTax #LosAngelesTax #CreativeExemption #LACreatives #SmallBusinessTaxes #CityOfLA #FreelancerTaxes #PhotographerTaxes #DirectorTaxes #WriterTaxes #CreativeBusiness #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you live or work in Los Angeles, there's a city business tax you might not know about—and ignoring it could cost you hundreds (or thousands) in penalties. The catch? Most creatives qualify for a massive exemption if they file on time. Miss the deadline by even one day, and you'll owe taxes you could have avoided entirely.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down everything LA-based creatives need to know about the City of LA Business Tax. You'll learn who has to file (hint: working in LA for just 3 days triggers it), how the \$300,000 creative exemption works, why your zip code might not determine if you owe this tax, and the critical February 28th deadline that makes or breaks your exemption. Whether you're a photographer, director, writer, or any other creative professional, this episode gives you the exact steps to stay compliant without overpaying.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to LA Business Tax</p><p>00:54 Understanding the LA Tax Filing Requirement</p><p>03:08 Filing on Time and Avoiding Penalties</p><p>06:08 Creative Exemptions and Income Thresholds</p><p>07:30 Account Setup and Reporting</p><p>09:26 Special Cases and Exemptions</p><p>11:52 Understanding Income Categories</p><p>12:07 Navigating the Website</p><p>12:30 Exemptions and Worldwide Income</p><p>13:21 Classification and Subcategories</p><p>14:03 Filing and Deadlines</p><p>14:32 City of LA's Support System</p><p>16:55 Steps for New Business Owners</p><p>20:05 Compliance Health Check</p><p>20:33 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#LABusinessTax #LosAngelesTax #CreativeExemption #LACreatives #SmallBusinessTaxes #CityOfLA #FreelancerTaxes #PhotographerTaxes #DirectorTaxes #WriterTaxes #CreativeBusiness #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2026 12:00:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7acbbc36/d041d1b1.mp3" length="50956902" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/2ZhkFifSnOGM6wNdfq1NgFH7KE4DwMB9VFWlmurJl1Y/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jNGE4/MmNjNDlmNTljYTll/MjE0NmJjZDQ1Y2Yz/ZmI1MC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1265</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you live or work in Los Angeles, there's a city business tax you might not know about—and ignoring it could cost you hundreds (or thousands) in penalties. The catch? Most creatives qualify for a massive exemption if they file on time. Miss the deadline by even one day, and you'll owe taxes you could have avoided entirely.



In this episode, CPAs Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down everything LA-based creatives need to know about the City of LA Business Tax. You'll learn who has to file (hint: working in LA for just 3 days triggers it), how the \$300,000 creative exemption works, why your zip code might not determine if you owe this tax, and the critical February 28th deadline that makes or breaks your exemption. Whether you're a photographer, director, writer, or any other creative professional, this episode gives you the exact steps to stay compliant without overpaying.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to LA Business Tax

00:54 Understanding the LA Tax Filing Requirement

03:08 Filing on Time and Avoiding Penalties

06:08 Creative Exemptions and Income Thresholds

07:30 Account Setup and Reporting

09:26 Special Cases and Exemptions

11:52 Understanding Income Categories

12:07 Navigating the Website

12:30 Exemptions and Worldwide Income

13:21 Classification and Subcategories

14:03 Filing and Deadlines

14:32 City of LA's Support System

16:55 Steps for New Business Owners

20:05 Compliance Health Check

20:33 Conclusion and Contact Information



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#LABusinessTax #LosAngelesTax #CreativeExemption #LACreatives #SmallBusinessTaxes #CityOfLA #FreelancerTaxes #PhotographerTaxes #DirectorTaxes #WriterTaxes #CreativeBusiness #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you live or work in Los Angeles, there's a city business tax you might not know about—and ignoring it could cost you hundreds (or thousands) in penalties. The catch? Most creatives qualify for a massive exemption if they file on time. Miss the deadline</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7acbbc36/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP37 - What Docs Do Creatives Need for Taxes? 5 Must-Have Forms to Avoid Delays</title>
      <itunes:title>EP37 - What Docs Do Creatives Need for Taxes? 5 Must-Have Forms to Avoid Delays</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23605e4f-69b5-4ea0-ab21-3b0639ae1a80</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4074b320</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If tax season always turns into a frustrating back-and-forth with your CPA, it’s usually not because your accountant is slow—it’s because key documents are missing. In this episode, CPAs Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down the *exact* information and paperwork creatives need to provide so your return can be filed quickly, accurately, and without unnecessary fees.</p><p><br></p><p>You’ll learn why certain forms (like the 1095-A from the health insurance marketplace) can *instantly* block e-filing, why your bookkeeping and balance sheet matter (especially for S-Corps), and how to avoid common gaps like missing 1099s, K-1s, and documentation for large purchases. If you want your taxes filed on time with fewer surprises, this is your checklist.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction: Essential Documents for Creatives</p><p>00:34 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Maisha</p><p>00:52 Key Information Your CPA Needs</p><p>02:21 Understanding the 1095-A Form</p><p>03:50 Importance of Financial Statements</p><p>04:29 Reconciling Bank Accounts</p><p>07:39 Prior Year Tax Returns and Other Documents</p><p>11:09 Daycare Expenses and Tax Deductions</p><p>11:30 Life Changes and Tax Implications</p><p>12:03 Detailed Information Needed for Tax Preparation</p><p>13:04 Address Changes and Home Office Deductions</p><p>14:01 Reviewing and Comparing Tax Returns</p><p>15:54 Documenting Large Purchases and Equipment</p><p>17:28 Handling K-1 Forms and Business Partnerships</p><p>18:46 Importance of Timely and Accurate Information</p><p>21:28 Major Life Events and Insurance Changes</p><p>22:04 Final Tips and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#SmallBusinessTaxes #TaxPrepChecklist #TaxSeasonTips #CreativeEntrepreneur #SelfEmployedTaxes #CPAAdvice #BookkeepingTips #1095A #1099 #SCorp #TaxWriteOffs #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If tax season always turns into a frustrating back-and-forth with your CPA, it’s usually not because your accountant is slow—it’s because key documents are missing. In this episode, CPAs Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down the *exact* information and paperwork creatives need to provide so your return can be filed quickly, accurately, and without unnecessary fees.</p><p><br></p><p>You’ll learn why certain forms (like the 1095-A from the health insurance marketplace) can *instantly* block e-filing, why your bookkeeping and balance sheet matter (especially for S-Corps), and how to avoid common gaps like missing 1099s, K-1s, and documentation for large purchases. If you want your taxes filed on time with fewer surprises, this is your checklist.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction: Essential Documents for Creatives</p><p>00:34 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Maisha</p><p>00:52 Key Information Your CPA Needs</p><p>02:21 Understanding the 1095-A Form</p><p>03:50 Importance of Financial Statements</p><p>04:29 Reconciling Bank Accounts</p><p>07:39 Prior Year Tax Returns and Other Documents</p><p>11:09 Daycare Expenses and Tax Deductions</p><p>11:30 Life Changes and Tax Implications</p><p>12:03 Detailed Information Needed for Tax Preparation</p><p>13:04 Address Changes and Home Office Deductions</p><p>14:01 Reviewing and Comparing Tax Returns</p><p>15:54 Documenting Large Purchases and Equipment</p><p>17:28 Handling K-1 Forms and Business Partnerships</p><p>18:46 Importance of Timely and Accurate Information</p><p>21:28 Major Life Events and Insurance Changes</p><p>22:04 Final Tips and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#SmallBusinessTaxes #TaxPrepChecklist #TaxSeasonTips #CreativeEntrepreneur #SelfEmployedTaxes #CPAAdvice #BookkeepingTips #1095A #1099 #SCorp #TaxWriteOffs #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 23:15:45 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4074b320/d6769710.mp3" length="54675565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/5VUuepw8F4PZWX9-MpMdJ1gozoDSBSk-STsO7azd0RQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kMjk1/NjVhMmQ5NDllZmI2/Mzc3YjcxNDc3OWJh/OTJjMi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1356</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If tax season always turns into a frustrating back-and-forth with your CPA, it’s usually not because your accountant is slow—it’s because key documents are missing. In this episode, CPAs Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down the *exact* information and paperwork creatives need to provide so your return can be filed quickly, accurately, and without unnecessary fees.



You’ll learn why certain forms (like the 1095-A from the health insurance marketplace) can *instantly* block e-filing, why your bookkeeping and balance sheet matter (especially for S-Corps), and how to avoid common gaps like missing 1099s, K-1s, and documentation for large purchases. If you want your taxes filed on time with fewer surprises, this is your checklist.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction: Essential Documents for Creatives

00:34 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Maisha

00:52 Key Information Your CPA Needs

02:21 Understanding the 1095-A Form

03:50 Importance of Financial Statements

04:29 Reconciling Bank Accounts

07:39 Prior Year Tax Returns and Other Documents

11:09 Daycare Expenses and Tax Deductions

11:30 Life Changes and Tax Implications

12:03 Detailed Information Needed for Tax Preparation

13:04 Address Changes and Home Office Deductions

14:01 Reviewing and Comparing Tax Returns

15:54 Documenting Large Purchases and Equipment

17:28 Handling K-1 Forms and Business Partnerships

18:46 Importance of Timely and Accurate Information

21:28 Major Life Events and Insurance Changes

22:04 Final Tips and Contact Information



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)

Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)

Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#SmallBusinessTaxes #TaxPrepChecklist #TaxSeasonTips #CreativeEntrepreneur #SelfEmployedTaxes #CPAAdvice #BookkeepingTips #1095A #1099 #SCorp #TaxWriteOffs #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If tax season always turns into a frustrating back-and-forth with your CPA, it’s usually not because your accountant is slow—it’s because key documents are missing. In this episode, CPAs Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down the *exact* informati</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4074b320/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP36 - How Do Creatives Save on Taxes? The One-Page Plan You'll Love!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP36 - How Do Creatives Save on Taxes? The One-Page Plan You'll Love!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20a23e7b-5510-4682-80ff-5dd4e0fa0967</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0bd22b59</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most creatives file their taxes without a plan, which is why they end up stressed, surprised by their tax bill, or overpaying because they missed key opportunities. The problem isn't that tax planning is complicated—it's that most entrepreneurs don't have a simple system to stay on track all year long. That's where the one-page plan comes in.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha walk you through how to build a simple, actionable one-page tax plan that covers everything you need: quarterly estimated payment dates, your projected tax liability, savings goals for retirement, payroll schedules if you're an S-Corp, and the strategic moves you need to make throughout the year. You'll learn why setting your intention at the start of the year is the most powerful financial decision you can make, how to budget when your income fluctuates wildly, and why your tax return should be a summary of work you've already done—not a last-minute scramble. Whether you juggle multiple income streams or struggle with knowing how much to set aside, this episode gives you the roadmap to take control of your finances so you're never caught off guard again.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Tax Planning for Creatives</p><p>00:35 Meet Your Hosts: Maisha and Anastasia</p><p>00:52 Creating an Annual Forecast</p><p>01:10 Understanding the One Page Plan</p><p>01:52 Key Components of the Plan</p><p>03:31 Tax Strategies and Obligations</p><p>08:21 Handling Multiple Income Streams</p><p>12:43 Budgeting for Fluctuating Income</p><p>15:07 Setting Goals and Intentions</p><p>18:26 The Importance of Regular Check-ins</p><p>19:37 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#TaxPlanning #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #QuarterlyTaxes #TaxStrategy #EntrepreneurFinances #BusinessBudgeting #SelfEmployedTaxes #SCorpTaxes #FreelancerTaxes #OnePagePlan #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most creatives file their taxes without a plan, which is why they end up stressed, surprised by their tax bill, or overpaying because they missed key opportunities. The problem isn't that tax planning is complicated—it's that most entrepreneurs don't have a simple system to stay on track all year long. That's where the one-page plan comes in.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha walk you through how to build a simple, actionable one-page tax plan that covers everything you need: quarterly estimated payment dates, your projected tax liability, savings goals for retirement, payroll schedules if you're an S-Corp, and the strategic moves you need to make throughout the year. You'll learn why setting your intention at the start of the year is the most powerful financial decision you can make, how to budget when your income fluctuates wildly, and why your tax return should be a summary of work you've already done—not a last-minute scramble. Whether you juggle multiple income streams or struggle with knowing how much to set aside, this episode gives you the roadmap to take control of your finances so you're never caught off guard again.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Tax Planning for Creatives</p><p>00:35 Meet Your Hosts: Maisha and Anastasia</p><p>00:52 Creating an Annual Forecast</p><p>01:10 Understanding the One Page Plan</p><p>01:52 Key Components of the Plan</p><p>03:31 Tax Strategies and Obligations</p><p>08:21 Handling Multiple Income Streams</p><p>12:43 Budgeting for Fluctuating Income</p><p>15:07 Setting Goals and Intentions</p><p>18:26 The Importance of Regular Check-ins</p><p>19:37 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#TaxPlanning #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #QuarterlyTaxes #TaxStrategy #EntrepreneurFinances #BusinessBudgeting #SelfEmployedTaxes #SCorpTaxes #FreelancerTaxes #OnePagePlan #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 23:05:46 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0bd22b59/cc97c0ea.mp3" length="50069030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/7r209wWGsDApM6GpxLu16hglk3xXwji55Oa3dOmwtXU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wNjZi/NWJlMzczNDhjNDY3/ZDJhYTMyOTRiYWM2/YmY5MC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1243</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Most creatives file their taxes without a plan, which is why they end up stressed, surprised by their tax bill, or overpaying because they missed key opportunities. The problem isn't that tax planning is complicated—it's that most entrepreneurs don't have a simple system to stay on track all year long. That's where the one-page plan comes in.



In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha walk you through how to build a simple, actionable one-page tax plan that covers everything you need: quarterly estimated payment dates, your projected tax liability, savings goals for retirement, payroll schedules if you're an S-Corp, and the strategic moves you need to make throughout the year. You'll learn why setting your intention at the start of the year is the most powerful financial decision you can make, how to budget when your income fluctuates wildly, and why your tax return should be a summary of work you've already done—not a last-minute scramble. Whether you juggle multiple income streams or struggle with knowing how much to set aside, this episode gives you the roadmap to take control of your finances so you're never caught off guard again.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to Tax Planning for Creatives

00:35 Meet Your Hosts: Maisha and Anastasia

00:52 Creating an Annual Forecast

01:10 Understanding the One Page Plan

01:52 Key Components of the Plan

03:31 Tax Strategies and Obligations

08:21 Handling Multiple Income Streams

12:43 Budgeting for Fluctuating Income

15:07 Setting Goals and Intentions

18:26 The Importance of Regular Check-ins

19:37 Conclusion and Contact Information



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)

Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)

Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#TaxPlanning #CreativeBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #QuarterlyTaxes #TaxStrategy #EntrepreneurFinances #BusinessBudgeting #SelfEmployedTaxes #SCorpTaxes #FreelancerTaxes #OnePagePlan #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most creatives file their taxes without a plan, which is why they end up stressed, surprised by their tax bill, or overpaying because they missed key opportunities. The problem isn't that tax planning is complicated—it's that most entrepreneurs don't have</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0bd22b59/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP35 - IRS Payment Plans Explained: What to Do When You Can't Pay Your Taxes</title>
      <itunes:title>EP35 - IRS Payment Plans Explained: What to Do When You Can't Pay Your Taxes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">884690ad-4b62-4151-a169-4e59b889a728</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/92011bac</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP35 - IRS Payment Plans Explained: What to Do When You Can't Pay Your Taxes</p><p><br></p><p>Opening your tax bill and realizing you can't pay the full amount is terrifying. Your mind immediately jumps to worst-case scenarios: wage garnishments, liens, losing your passport. But here's what most people don't know: the IRS has multiple payment solutions designed specifically for this situation, and some of them are completely free if you act quickly.

</p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha walk through every IRS payment option from best to worst, so you know exactly what to do when you owe more than you can pay. You'll learn why filing your return is still critical even without payment, how to get a free six-month extension by making one phone call, the difference between short-term and long-term installment plans, when the IRS will accept less than you owe through an Offer in Compromise, and how to use penalty abatement to knock thousands off your bill. Whether you owe \$2,000 or \$50,000, this episode gives you the roadmap to handle it strategically and avoid the IRS's harshest collection actions.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're facing a tax bill you can't afford, or if you've been avoiding filing because you know you owe, this episode shows you the pathway forward—no judgment, just practical solutions.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to IRS Payment Solutions</p><p>00:33 Meet Your Hosts: Maisha and Anastasia</p><p>00:52 Understanding Tax Liabilities and Filing</p><p>07:34 Options for Managing Tax Payments</p><p>10:49 Setting Up IRS Installment Plans</p><p>13:39 Understanding IRS Payment Plans</p><p>14:14 Calculating Monthly Payments</p><p>15:08 Offer in Compromise Explained</p><p>17:36 Penalty Abatement and Other Strategies</p><p>18:06 Saving for Taxes Effectively</p><p>21:19 Importance of Filing Returns</p><p>22:00 Seeking Professional Help</p><p>24:33 Final Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#IRSPaymentPlan #TaxDebt #OweTaxes #IRSInstallmentPlan #TaxPaymentOptions #OfferInCompromise #PenaltyAbatement #CantPayTaxes #IRSDebt #TaxResolution #SmallBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP35 - IRS Payment Plans Explained: What to Do When You Can't Pay Your Taxes</p><p><br></p><p>Opening your tax bill and realizing you can't pay the full amount is terrifying. Your mind immediately jumps to worst-case scenarios: wage garnishments, liens, losing your passport. But here's what most people don't know: the IRS has multiple payment solutions designed specifically for this situation, and some of them are completely free if you act quickly.

</p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha walk through every IRS payment option from best to worst, so you know exactly what to do when you owe more than you can pay. You'll learn why filing your return is still critical even without payment, how to get a free six-month extension by making one phone call, the difference between short-term and long-term installment plans, when the IRS will accept less than you owe through an Offer in Compromise, and how to use penalty abatement to knock thousands off your bill. Whether you owe \$2,000 or \$50,000, this episode gives you the roadmap to handle it strategically and avoid the IRS's harshest collection actions.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're facing a tax bill you can't afford, or if you've been avoiding filing because you know you owe, this episode shows you the pathway forward—no judgment, just practical solutions.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to IRS Payment Solutions</p><p>00:33 Meet Your Hosts: Maisha and Anastasia</p><p>00:52 Understanding Tax Liabilities and Filing</p><p>07:34 Options for Managing Tax Payments</p><p>10:49 Setting Up IRS Installment Plans</p><p>13:39 Understanding IRS Payment Plans</p><p>14:14 Calculating Monthly Payments</p><p>15:08 Offer in Compromise Explained</p><p>17:36 Penalty Abatement and Other Strategies</p><p>18:06 Saving for Taxes Effectively</p><p>21:19 Importance of Filing Returns</p><p>22:00 Seeking Professional Help</p><p>24:33 Final Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#IRSPaymentPlan #TaxDebt #OweTaxes #IRSInstallmentPlan #TaxPaymentOptions #OfferInCompromise #PenaltyAbatement #CantPayTaxes #IRSDebt #TaxResolution #SmallBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 19:30:47 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/92011bac/7397dd15.mp3" length="62689635" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/qJfJonLEcBo1q2SzTztWGmaWJ2gummp8PCvV1-PUFBM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wMWI0/OWQwNjlkYmQ1MGI1/ZDI1ZTg3NDgxMjMx/ZWUyNi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1556</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP35 - IRS Payment Plans Explained: What to Do When You Can't Pay Your Taxes



Opening your tax bill and realizing you can't pay the full amount is terrifying. Your mind immediately jumps to worst-case scenarios: wage garnishments, liens, losing your passport. But here's what most people don't know: the IRS has multiple payment solutions designed specifically for this situation, and some of them are completely free if you act quickly.


In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha walk through every IRS payment option from best to worst, so you know exactly what to do when you owe more than you can pay. You'll learn why filing your return is still critical even without payment, how to get a free six-month extension by making one phone call, the difference between short-term and long-term installment plans, when the IRS will accept less than you owe through an Offer in Compromise, and how to use penalty abatement to knock thousands off your bill. Whether you owe \$2,000 or \$50,000, this episode gives you the roadmap to handle it strategically and avoid the IRS's harshest collection actions.



If you're facing a tax bill you can't afford, or if you've been avoiding filing because you know you owe, this episode shows you the pathway forward—no judgment, just practical solutions.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to IRS Payment Solutions

00:33 Meet Your Hosts: Maisha and Anastasia

00:52 Understanding Tax Liabilities and Filing

07:34 Options for Managing Tax Payments

10:49 Setting Up IRS Installment Plans

13:39 Understanding IRS Payment Plans

14:14 Calculating Monthly Payments

15:08 Offer in Compromise Explained

17:36 Penalty Abatement and Other Strategies

18:06 Saving for Taxes Effectively

21:19 Importance of Filing Returns

22:00 Seeking Professional Help

24:33 Final Thoughts and Encouragement



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)

Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)

Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#IRSPaymentPlan #TaxDebt #OweTaxes #IRSInstallmentPlan #TaxPaymentOptions #OfferInCompromise #PenaltyAbatement #CantPayTaxes #IRSDebt #TaxResolution #SmallBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP35 - IRS Payment Plans Explained: What to Do When You Can't Pay Your Taxes



Opening your tax bill and realizing you can't pay the full amount is terrifying. Your mind immediately jumps to worst-case scenarios: wage garnishments, liens, losing your pas</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/92011bac/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP34 - Cross-State Taxes for Creatives: How to Avoid Double Taxation</title>
      <itunes:title>EP34 - Cross-State Taxes for Creatives: How to Avoid Double Taxation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">86d014db-2394-4eda-898c-65314d791a85</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/86ee6380</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP34 - Cross-State Taxes for Creatives: How to Avoid Double Taxation</p><p>If you've ever taken a gig in another state, shot a project across state lines, or toured through multiple cities, you've probably triggered tax obligations you didn't even know existed. Most creative entrepreneurs assume taxes are simple: file where you live, and you're done. But the reality is far more complex. Every state has different rules about when you owe them taxes, and if you're not careful, you could end up paying taxes on the same income twice—or worse, facing penalties for not filing returns you didn't know you needed.</p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly what happens to your taxes when you cross state lines for work. You'll learn how income nexus works for creative businesses, when you're required to file non-resident tax returns, how to handle per diem versus actual expense reporting, what documentation you need to protect yourself, and how to make sure you're only paying taxes once on the same income. Whether you're a touring musician, a traveling photographer, a remote videographer, or any creative who works in multiple locations, this episode gives you the roadmap to stay compliant without overpaying.</p><p>If you've ever wondered whether that one-day shoot in another state means you owe taxes there, or if you're confused about how to track income and expenses across multiple locations, this episode will finally give you clarity.</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Cross-State Taxation for Creatives</p><p>00:13 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Danielle</p><p>00:55 Understanding State Tax Rules for Nomadic Creatives</p><p>02:29 Income Nexus and Tax Responsibilities</p><p>08:01 Navigating Per Diem and Expense Reporting</p><p>11:15 Filing Non-Resident Tax Returns</p><p>13:07 Record Keeping and Working with Tax Accountants</p><p>19:33 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#CrossStateTaxes #MultiStateTaxes #CreativeBusiness #TouringMusician #TravelingPhotographer #NonResidentTaxes #DoubleTaxation #StateTaxes #FreelancerTaxes #RemoteWork #SmallBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP34 - Cross-State Taxes for Creatives: How to Avoid Double Taxation</p><p>If you've ever taken a gig in another state, shot a project across state lines, or toured through multiple cities, you've probably triggered tax obligations you didn't even know existed. Most creative entrepreneurs assume taxes are simple: file where you live, and you're done. But the reality is far more complex. Every state has different rules about when you owe them taxes, and if you're not careful, you could end up paying taxes on the same income twice—or worse, facing penalties for not filing returns you didn't know you needed.</p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly what happens to your taxes when you cross state lines for work. You'll learn how income nexus works for creative businesses, when you're required to file non-resident tax returns, how to handle per diem versus actual expense reporting, what documentation you need to protect yourself, and how to make sure you're only paying taxes once on the same income. Whether you're a touring musician, a traveling photographer, a remote videographer, or any creative who works in multiple locations, this episode gives you the roadmap to stay compliant without overpaying.</p><p>If you've ever wondered whether that one-day shoot in another state means you owe taxes there, or if you're confused about how to track income and expenses across multiple locations, this episode will finally give you clarity.</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Cross-State Taxation for Creatives</p><p>00:13 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Danielle</p><p>00:55 Understanding State Tax Rules for Nomadic Creatives</p><p>02:29 Income Nexus and Tax Responsibilities</p><p>08:01 Navigating Per Diem and Expense Reporting</p><p>11:15 Filing Non-Resident Tax Returns</p><p>13:07 Record Keeping and Working with Tax Accountants</p><p>19:33 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)</p><p>Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)</p><p>Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#CrossStateTaxes #MultiStateTaxes #CreativeBusiness #TouringMusician #TravelingPhotographer #NonResidentTaxes #DoubleTaxation #StateTaxes #FreelancerTaxes #RemoteWork #SmallBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 12:17:26 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/86ee6380/9874bffe.mp3" length="50288674" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1249</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP34 - Cross-State Taxes for Creatives: How to Avoid Double Taxation

If you've ever taken a gig in another state, shot a project across state lines, or toured through multiple cities, you've probably triggered tax obligations you didn't even know existed. Most creative entrepreneurs assume taxes are simple: file where you live, and you're done. But the reality is far more complex. Every state has different rules about when you owe them taxes, and if you're not careful, you could end up paying taxes on the same income twice—or worse, facing penalties for not filing returns you didn't know you needed.

In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly what happens to your taxes when you cross state lines for work. You'll learn how income nexus works for creative businesses, when you're required to file non-resident tax returns, how to handle per diem versus actual expense reporting, what documentation you need to protect yourself, and how to make sure you're only paying taxes once on the same income. Whether you're a touring musician, a traveling photographer, a remote videographer, or any creative who works in multiple locations, this episode gives you the roadmap to stay compliant without overpaying.

If you've ever wondered whether that one-day shoot in another state means you owe taxes there, or if you're confused about how to track income and expenses across multiple locations, this episode will finally give you clarity.

⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to Cross-State Taxation for Creatives

00:13 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Danielle

00:55 Understanding State Tax Rules for Nomadic Creatives

02:29 Income Nexus and Tax Responsibilities

08:01 Navigating Per Diem and Expense Reporting

11:15 Filing Non-Resident Tax Returns

13:07 Record Keeping and Working with Tax Accountants

19:33 Conclusion and Final Tips

Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.

🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: [https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448](https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448)

Spotify: [https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11](https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11)

Watch on YouTube: [https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast](https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast)



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: [https://www.coterietax.com/qa](https://www.coterietax.com/qa)

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: [https://www.coterietax.com/podcast](https://www.coterietax.com/podcast)

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: [https://www.coterietax.com](https://www.coterietax.com)



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#CrossStateTaxes #MultiStateTaxes #CreativeBusiness #TouringMusician #TravelingPhotographer #NonResidentTaxes #DoubleTaxation #StateTaxes #FreelancerTaxes #RemoteWork #SmallBusinessTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP34 - Cross-State Taxes for Creatives: How to Avoid Double Taxation

If you've ever taken a gig in another state, shot a project across state lines, or toured through multiple cities, you've probably triggered tax obligations you didn't even know existed</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/86ee6380/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP33 - Confused by IRS Letters? Unlock the Secrets to Easy Fixes!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP33 - Confused by IRS Letters? Unlock the Secrets to Easy Fixes!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5c4b977a-b33c-4576-acb1-2e8e6bdf171a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5fa16a1e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Getting mail from the IRS can trigger instant panic. Your heart races, your mind spirals through worst-case scenarios, and suddenly you’re convinced you’re heading for an audit or worse.</p><p>But here’s the truth most creative entrepreneurs don’t know: the vast majority of IRS letters are simple mismatches, missing details, or automated notices that can be resolved quickly and painlessly.</p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha decode the most common IRS notices that business owners receive and walk you through exactly what they mean and how to respond.</p><p><strong>In this episode, you’ll learn:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>Why you’re getting quarterly estimated payment notices</li><li>How to handle income reporting mismatches</li><li>What verification requests are actually asking for</li><li>The difference between a correspondence audit and a full audit</li><li>When you need professional help vs. when you can handle it yourself</li></ul><p><strong>Whether you’ve already received a scary-looking letter or you want to be prepared for when one arrives, this episode gives you the knowledge and confidence to handle IRS correspondence like a pro.</strong></p><p><strong>If you’ve ever ignored an IRS letter out of fear, or paid money you didn’t actually owe because you didn’t understand what they were asking for, this episode will change how you approach tax correspondence forever.</strong></p><p><strong>⏱️ Timestamps</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Introduction to IRS Notices for Creatives</li><li>01:37 Understanding Quarterly Estimated Payments</li><li>06:03 Common IRS Notices and How to Handle Them</li><li>07:47 Income Reporting and Form Mismatches</li><li>13:36 Knowledge-Based Authentication for Tax Filings</li><li>13:57 IRS Requests for Additional Information</li><li>15:40 Understanding Correspondence Audits</li><li>16:17 Importance of Keeping Your Information Updated</li><li>16:47 Handling IRS Letters and Notices</li><li>17:14 Penalty Abatement and Address Updates</li><li>19:18 Tax Representation and Power of Attorney</li><li>20:13 When to Seek Help with IRS Letters</li><li>23:14 Dealing with IRS Scams and Intent</li><li>24:21 Final Tips and Conclusion</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>Why subscribe?</strong></p><p><strong>Every week, </strong><em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em> shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can’t use.</p><p>You’ll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night.</p><p>The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><strong>🔗 Listen everywhere</strong></p><ul><li>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</li><li>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</li><li>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>📊 Helpful resources</strong></p><ul><li>Submit a question: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</li><li>More episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</li><li>Work with Coterie Tax: https://www.coterietax.com</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What’s your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</strong></p><p><strong>#IRSLetters #TaxNotices #SmallBusinessTaxes #EntrepreneurTaxes #IRSNotices #QuarterlyTaxes #TaxHelp #SelfEmployedTaxes #BusinessOwnerTips #TaxCompliance #IRSHelp #LetsGetFiscal</strong></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Getting mail from the IRS can trigger instant panic. Your heart races, your mind spirals through worst-case scenarios, and suddenly you’re convinced you’re heading for an audit or worse.</p><p>But here’s the truth most creative entrepreneurs don’t know: the vast majority of IRS letters are simple mismatches, missing details, or automated notices that can be resolved quickly and painlessly.</p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha decode the most common IRS notices that business owners receive and walk you through exactly what they mean and how to respond.</p><p><strong>In this episode, you’ll learn:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>Why you’re getting quarterly estimated payment notices</li><li>How to handle income reporting mismatches</li><li>What verification requests are actually asking for</li><li>The difference between a correspondence audit and a full audit</li><li>When you need professional help vs. when you can handle it yourself</li></ul><p><strong>Whether you’ve already received a scary-looking letter or you want to be prepared for when one arrives, this episode gives you the knowledge and confidence to handle IRS correspondence like a pro.</strong></p><p><strong>If you’ve ever ignored an IRS letter out of fear, or paid money you didn’t actually owe because you didn’t understand what they were asking for, this episode will change how you approach tax correspondence forever.</strong></p><p><strong>⏱️ Timestamps</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Introduction to IRS Notices for Creatives</li><li>01:37 Understanding Quarterly Estimated Payments</li><li>06:03 Common IRS Notices and How to Handle Them</li><li>07:47 Income Reporting and Form Mismatches</li><li>13:36 Knowledge-Based Authentication for Tax Filings</li><li>13:57 IRS Requests for Additional Information</li><li>15:40 Understanding Correspondence Audits</li><li>16:17 Importance of Keeping Your Information Updated</li><li>16:47 Handling IRS Letters and Notices</li><li>17:14 Penalty Abatement and Address Updates</li><li>19:18 Tax Representation and Power of Attorney</li><li>20:13 When to Seek Help with IRS Letters</li><li>23:14 Dealing with IRS Scams and Intent</li><li>24:21 Final Tips and Conclusion</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>Why subscribe?</strong></p><p><strong>Every week, </strong><em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em> shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can’t use.</p><p>You’ll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night.</p><p>The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><strong>🔗 Listen everywhere</strong></p><ul><li>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</li><li>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</li><li>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>📊 Helpful resources</strong></p><ul><li>Submit a question: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</li><li>More episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</li><li>Work with Coterie Tax: https://www.coterietax.com</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What’s your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</strong></p><p><strong>#IRSLetters #TaxNotices #SmallBusinessTaxes #EntrepreneurTaxes #IRSNotices #QuarterlyTaxes #TaxHelp #SelfEmployedTaxes #BusinessOwnerTips #TaxCompliance #IRSHelp #LetsGetFiscal</strong></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2026 12:31:46 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5fa16a1e/4b7ebf7c.mp3" length="62717317" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/G5fNoF60xTQT4461or5y313geRcbwoUkUf3z2mTlovk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lNDIw/Y2Q1YjdkZTQyYmU2/MGU5ODhhODFiYWEx/MzEyZi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1558</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What Entrepreneurs Need to Know Before April

If you’re waiting for 2026 to be business as usual, think again. Major tax law changes are rolling out this year, and waiting until tax season to learn about them could cost you serious money.

The Big Beautiful Bill Act (OB3A) has extended some provisions from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act while making significant changes that affect how you plan, pay, and save on taxes.

In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly what’s changing in 2026 and what you need to act on now.

In this episode, you’ll learn

The continuation of 100% bonus depreciation for equipment purchases
New charitable donation deductions that don’t require itemizing
Major changes to pass-through entity tax rules
The elimination of electric vehicle and solar credits
Why you need to start your 2026 tax planning in January—not April


Whether you’re a sole proprietor or running an S-Corp, this episode gives you the roadmap to navigate 2026’s tax landscape strategically and avoid costly surprises.

If you’re planning major purchases, considering a short-term rental property, or simply want to maximize your deductions this year, this episode is your essential planning guide.

⏱️ Timestamps

00:00 Introduction to 2026 Tax Changes
00:05 Overview of OB3A Rules
01:02 Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act Expiration
03:08 Bonus Depreciation and Business Equipment
04:43 Charitable Donations and Deductions
07:17 Pass-Through Entity Tax and S Corporations
11:51 Electric Vehicle and Solar Credits
15:07 Planning for 2026 Tax Year
22:11 Conclusion and Final Tips
Why subscribe?

Every week, Let’s Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can’t use.

You’ll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night.

The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast


📊 Helpful resources

Submit a question: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
More episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
Work with Coterie Tax: https://www.coterietax.com


What’s your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.

#2026TaxChanges #TaxPlanning #SmallBusinessTaxes #EntrepreneurTaxes #TaxLawChanges #BonusDepreciation #CharitableDeductions #PassThroughEntityTax #SCorpTaxes #QuarterlyEstimates #BusinessTaxStrategy #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What Entrepreneurs Need to Know Before April

If you’re waiting for 2026 to be business as usual, think again. Major tax law changes are rolling out this year, and waiting until tax season to learn about them could cost you serious money.

The Big Beautif</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5fa16a1e/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP32 - 2026 Tax Law Changes: What Entrepreneurs Need to Know Before April</title>
      <itunes:title>EP32 - 2026 Tax Law Changes: What Entrepreneurs Need to Know Before April</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5246ca5f-d014-4021-8e26-83db97213b99</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2512c88</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're waiting for 2026 to be business as usual, think again. Major tax law changes are rolling out this year, and waiting until tax season to learn about them could cost you serious money. The Big Beautiful Bill Act (OB3A) has extended some provisions from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act while making significant changes that affect how you plan, pay, and save on taxes.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly what's changing in 2026 and what you need to act on now. You'll learn about the continuation of 100% bonus depreciation for equipment purchases, new charitable donation deductions that don't require itemizing, major changes to pass-through entity tax rules, the elimination of electric vehicle and solar credits, and why you need to start your 2026 tax planning in January—not April. Whether you're a sole proprietor or running an S-Corp, this episode gives you the roadmap to navigate 2026's tax landscape strategically and avoid costly surprises.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're planning major purchases, considering a short-term rental property, or simply want to maximize your deductions this year, this episode is your essential planning guide.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to 2026 Tax Changes</p><p>00:05 Overview of OB Three A Rules</p><p>01:02 Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act Expiration</p><p>03:08 Bonus Depreciation and Business Equipment</p><p>04:43 Charitable Donations and Deductions</p><p>07:17 Pass-Through Entity Tax and S Corporations</p><p>11:51 Electric Vehicle and Solar Credits</p><p>15:07 Planning for 2026 Tax Year</p><p>22:11 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#2026TaxChanges #TaxPlanning #SmallBusinessTaxes #EntrepreneurTaxes #TaxLawChanges #BonusDepreciation #CharitableDeductions #PassThroughEntityTax #SCorpTaxes #QuarterlyEstimates #BusinessTaxStrategy #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're waiting for 2026 to be business as usual, think again. Major tax law changes are rolling out this year, and waiting until tax season to learn about them could cost you serious money. The Big Beautiful Bill Act (OB3A) has extended some provisions from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act while making significant changes that affect how you plan, pay, and save on taxes.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly what's changing in 2026 and what you need to act on now. You'll learn about the continuation of 100% bonus depreciation for equipment purchases, new charitable donation deductions that don't require itemizing, major changes to pass-through entity tax rules, the elimination of electric vehicle and solar credits, and why you need to start your 2026 tax planning in January—not April. Whether you're a sole proprietor or running an S-Corp, this episode gives you the roadmap to navigate 2026's tax landscape strategically and avoid costly surprises.</p><p><br></p><p>If you're planning major purchases, considering a short-term rental property, or simply want to maximize your deductions this year, this episode is your essential planning guide.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to 2026 Tax Changes</p><p>00:05 Overview of OB Three A Rules</p><p>01:02 Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act Expiration</p><p>03:08 Bonus Depreciation and Business Equipment</p><p>04:43 Charitable Donations and Deductions</p><p>07:17 Pass-Through Entity Tax and S Corporations</p><p>11:51 Electric Vehicle and Solar Credits</p><p>15:07 Planning for 2026 Tax Year</p><p>22:11 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#2026TaxChanges #TaxPlanning #SmallBusinessTaxes #EntrepreneurTaxes #TaxLawChanges #BonusDepreciation #CharitableDeductions #PassThroughEntityTax #SCorpTaxes #QuarterlyEstimates #BusinessTaxStrategy #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 11:00:03 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c2512c88/697ce938.mp3" length="54507361" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/SuLNgaa4WRUcqnjrkInlb5tiy8rMcickWbL3MCxW6uE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xMGQ5/MGY1N2ZlZDQ1MWQ1/YWY1MmQyNmRlMWZh/YmY4NS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1363</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you're waiting for 2026 to be business as usual, think again. Major tax law changes are rolling out this year, and waiting until tax season to learn about them could cost you serious money. The Big Beautiful Bill Act (OB3A) has extended some provisions from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act while making significant changes that affect how you plan, pay, and save on taxes.



In this episode, CPAs Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly what's changing in 2026 and what you need to act on now. You'll learn about the continuation of 100% bonus depreciation for equipment purchases, new charitable donation deductions that don't require itemizing, major changes to pass-through entity tax rules, the elimination of electric vehicle and solar credits, and why you need to start your 2026 tax planning in January—not April. Whether you're a sole proprietor or running an S-Corp, this episode gives you the roadmap to navigate 2026's tax landscape strategically and avoid costly surprises.



If you're planning major purchases, considering a short-term rental property, or simply want to maximize your deductions this year, this episode is your essential planning guide.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to 2026 Tax Changes

00:05 Overview of OB Three A Rules

01:02 Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act Expiration

03:08 Bonus Depreciation and Business Equipment

04:43 Charitable Donations and Deductions

07:17 Pass-Through Entity Tax and S Corporations

11:51 Electric Vehicle and Solar Credits

15:07 Planning for 2026 Tax Year

22:11 Conclusion and Final Tips



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#2026TaxChanges #TaxPlanning #SmallBusinessTaxes #EntrepreneurTaxes #TaxLawChanges #BonusDepreciation #CharitableDeductions #PassThroughEntityTax #SCorpTaxes #QuarterlyEstimates #BusinessTaxStrategy #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you're waiting for 2026 to be business as usual, think again. Major tax law changes are rolling out this year, and waiting until tax season to learn about them could cost you serious money. The Big Beautiful Bill Act (OB3A) has extended some provisions</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2512c88/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP31 - The 5 Biggest Mistakes Freelancers Make (And How to Fix Them)</title>
      <itunes:title>EP31 - The 5 Biggest Mistakes Freelancers Make (And How to Fix Them)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">12d21749-6fc9-4031-b0c6-a31297e9452e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/17ef04aa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers don't fail because they're bad at what they do. They fail because no one ever taught them the business side. You've got the talent and the drive to go out on your own, but the financial mistakes you make in your first year can haunt you for years—or worse, put you out of business before you ever hit your stride.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the five biggest mistakes freelancers make when transitioning from W-2 employment to running their own business. You'll learn why co-mingling accounts is a disaster waiting to happen, how to actually set prices that cover your costs and build profit, why hourly billing keeps you broke, what startup costs you're missing, and how to avoid the tax surprises that crush new freelancers. Whether you're considering going freelance or you're already in the thick of it and feeling overwhelmed, this episode gives you the exact fixes you need to stop bleeding money and start building a sustainable business.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Freelancing Pitfalls</p><p>01:27 Understanding Co-Mingling Finances</p><p>03:47 Navigating Taxes and Savings</p><p>06:16 Setting the Right Prices</p><p>10:33 Importance of Contracts and Communication</p><p>12:47 Commonly Missed Deductions</p><p>14:38 Dealing with Overwhelm: First Steps</p><p>14:55 Importance of Accurate Bookkeeping</p><p>15:07 Budgeting and Expense Management</p><p>16:41 Licensing and Sales Tax Considerations</p><p>17:09 Creating Efficient Systems</p><p>17:34 Hiring Help vs. DIY</p><p>21:07 Tracking Large Purchases</p><p>24:23 Tax Filing Responsibilities</p><p>25:38 Seeking Professional Help</p><p>26:48 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#FreelancerTaxes #FreelancerMistakes #SelfEmployedTaxes #FreelanceBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #FreelanceFinances #QuarterlyTaxes #FreelancerTips #BusinessBookkeeping #SoloPreneur #CreativeFreelancer #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most freelancers don't fail because they're bad at what they do. They fail because no one ever taught them the business side. You've got the talent and the drive to go out on your own, but the financial mistakes you make in your first year can haunt you for years—or worse, put you out of business before you ever hit your stride.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the five biggest mistakes freelancers make when transitioning from W-2 employment to running their own business. You'll learn why co-mingling accounts is a disaster waiting to happen, how to actually set prices that cover your costs and build profit, why hourly billing keeps you broke, what startup costs you're missing, and how to avoid the tax surprises that crush new freelancers. Whether you're considering going freelance or you're already in the thick of it and feeling overwhelmed, this episode gives you the exact fixes you need to stop bleeding money and start building a sustainable business.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps:</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Freelancing Pitfalls</p><p>01:27 Understanding Co-Mingling Finances</p><p>03:47 Navigating Taxes and Savings</p><p>06:16 Setting the Right Prices</p><p>10:33 Importance of Contracts and Communication</p><p>12:47 Commonly Missed Deductions</p><p>14:38 Dealing with Overwhelm: First Steps</p><p>14:55 Importance of Accurate Bookkeeping</p><p>15:07 Budgeting and Expense Management</p><p>16:41 Licensing and Sales Tax Considerations</p><p>17:09 Creating Efficient Systems</p><p>17:34 Hiring Help vs. DIY</p><p>21:07 Tracking Large Purchases</p><p>24:23 Tax Filing Responsibilities</p><p>25:38 Seeking Professional Help</p><p>26:48 Conclusion and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere:</p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources:</p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.</p><p><br></p><p>#FreelancerTaxes #FreelancerMistakes #SelfEmployedTaxes #FreelanceBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #FreelanceFinances #QuarterlyTaxes #FreelancerTips #BusinessBookkeeping #SoloPreneur #CreativeFreelancer #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 11:00:09 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/17ef04aa/b646ac4d.mp3" length="65767196" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/mpBwjJfJ05HEVxcFZferTM6EktxIRwbnBWh__gYVMIs/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hOWRj/ZTNmMmM1ZmFhZTZk/MDE1MDZiZDdlN2E0/MzllNS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1645</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Most freelancers don't fail because they're bad at what they do. They fail because no one ever taught them the business side. You've got the talent and the drive to go out on your own, but the financial mistakes you make in your first year can haunt you for years—or worse, put you out of business before you ever hit your stride.



In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the five biggest mistakes freelancers make when transitioning from W-2 employment to running their own business. You'll learn why co-mingling accounts is a disaster waiting to happen, how to actually set prices that cover your costs and build profit, why hourly billing keeps you broke, what startup costs you're missing, and how to avoid the tax surprises that crush new freelancers. Whether you're considering going freelance or you're already in the thick of it and feeling overwhelmed, this episode gives you the exact fixes you need to stop bleeding money and start building a sustainable business.



⏱️ Timestamps:

00:00 Introduction to Freelancing Pitfalls

01:27 Understanding Co-Mingling Finances

03:47 Navigating Taxes and Savings

06:16 Setting the Right Prices

10:33 Importance of Contracts and Communication

12:47 Commonly Missed Deductions

14:38 Dealing with Overwhelm: First Steps

14:55 Importance of Accurate Bookkeeping

15:07 Budgeting and Expense Management

16:41 Licensing and Sales Tax Considerations

17:09 Creating Efficient Systems

17:34 Hiring Help vs. DIY

21:07 Tracking Large Purchases

24:23 Tax Filing Responsibilities

25:38 Seeking Professional Help

26:48 Conclusion and Contact Information



Why subscribe? Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable.



🔗 Listen everywhere:

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources:

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com



What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations.



#FreelancerTaxes #FreelancerMistakes #SelfEmployedTaxes #FreelanceBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #FreelanceFinances #QuarterlyTaxes #FreelancerTips #BusinessBookkeeping #SoloPreneur #CreativeFreelancer #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Most freelancers don't fail because they're bad at what they do. They fail because no one ever taught them the business side. You've got the talent and the drive to go out on your own, but the financial mistakes you make in your first year can haunt you f</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/17ef04aa/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP30 - Therapist Tax Planning: Running a Profitable Private Practice</title>
      <itunes:title>EP30 - Therapist Tax Planning: Running a Profitable Private Practice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c7bd039e-b1c1-4d83-9947-25c712b42935</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b45e1ca</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Therapists spend their days helping clients navigate life's challenges, but behind the scenes, managing the tax and financial side of a private practice can feel overwhelming. From tracking insurance reimbursements to navigating employee versus contractor classifications, the financial setup can make or break your practice's profitability. </p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the unique tax considerations for therapists and counselors running private practices. You'll learn about common bookkeeping mistakes that create filing nightmares, how to properly categorize your therapeutic methods and expenses, when hiring someone becomes an employee relationship instead of contractor status, and the systems you need in place before your practice scales. </p><p>Whether you're a solo practitioner doing virtual sessions or building a multi-therapist practice with office space, this episode gives you the financial foundation to keep your practice profitable and stress-free. </p><p>⏱️ Timestamps: </p><p>00:00 Introduction to Managing Finances in Private Practice </p><p>00:41 Understanding the Unique Needs of Therapists </p><p>01:55 Common Tax Mistakes in Private Practice </p><p>03:02 Managing Income and Expenses </p><p>04:05 Handling Insurance and Reimbursements </p><p>05:32 Deductions and Expenses for Therapists </p><p>11:53 Employee vs. Contractor: Key Considerations </p><p>19:30 Setting Up Systems for Success </p><p>23:59 Conclusion and Final Tips </p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#TherapistTaxes #PrivatePracticeTaxes #TherapistFinances #CounselorBusiness #MentalHealthBusiness #PrivatePractice #TherapyBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #SelfEmployedTherapist #ClinicalPractice #TherapistEntrepreneur #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Therapists spend their days helping clients navigate life's challenges, but behind the scenes, managing the tax and financial side of a private practice can feel overwhelming. From tracking insurance reimbursements to navigating employee versus contractor classifications, the financial setup can make or break your practice's profitability. </p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the unique tax considerations for therapists and counselors running private practices. You'll learn about common bookkeeping mistakes that create filing nightmares, how to properly categorize your therapeutic methods and expenses, when hiring someone becomes an employee relationship instead of contractor status, and the systems you need in place before your practice scales. </p><p>Whether you're a solo practitioner doing virtual sessions or building a multi-therapist practice with office space, this episode gives you the financial foundation to keep your practice profitable and stress-free. </p><p>⏱️ Timestamps: </p><p>00:00 Introduction to Managing Finances in Private Practice </p><p>00:41 Understanding the Unique Needs of Therapists </p><p>01:55 Common Tax Mistakes in Private Practice </p><p>03:02 Managing Income and Expenses </p><p>04:05 Handling Insurance and Reimbursements </p><p>05:32 Deductions and Expenses for Therapists </p><p>11:53 Employee vs. Contractor: Key Considerations </p><p>19:30 Setting Up Systems for Success </p><p>23:59 Conclusion and Final Tips </p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#TherapistTaxes #PrivatePracticeTaxes #TherapistFinances #CounselorBusiness #MentalHealthBusiness #PrivatePractice #TherapyBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #SelfEmployedTherapist #ClinicalPractice #TherapistEntrepreneur #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 11:00:35 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8b45e1ca/0942abf6.mp3" length="59003996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/0J7gyDUEuvTUV5Zu1E7irva1IllIOKzn1cqpZh8NWUQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iZDRj/NjdmYTM1ODllMWU5/NmJmMTFmNjljZTA4/OTRlMC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1476</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Therapists spend their days helping clients navigate life's challenges, but behind the scenes, managing the tax and financial side of a private practice can feel overwhelming. From tracking insurance reimbursements to navigating employee versus contractor classifications, the financial setup can make or break your practice's profitability. 

In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down the unique tax considerations for therapists and counselors running private practices. You'll learn about common bookkeeping mistakes that create filing nightmares, how to properly categorize your therapeutic methods and expenses, when hiring someone becomes an employee relationship instead of contractor status, and the systems you need in place before your practice scales. 

Whether you're a solo practitioner doing virtual sessions or building a multi-therapist practice with office space, this episode gives you the financial foundation to keep your practice profitable and stress-free. 

⏱️ Timestamps: 

00:00 Introduction to Managing Finances in Private Practice 

00:41 Understanding the Unique Needs of Therapists 

01:55 Common Tax Mistakes in Private Practice 

03:02 Managing Income and Expenses 

04:05 Handling Insurance and Reimbursements 

05:32 Deductions and Expenses for Therapists 

11:53 Employee vs. Contractor: Key Considerations 

19:30 Setting Up Systems for Success 

23:59 Conclusion and Final Tips 

Why subscribe? 

Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. 



🔗 Listen everywhere: 

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448 

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources: 

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa 

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast 

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com 

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. 

#TherapistTaxes #PrivatePracticeTaxes #TherapistFinances #CounselorBusiness #MentalHealthBusiness #PrivatePractice #TherapyBusiness #SmallBusinessTaxes #SelfEmployedTherapist #ClinicalPractice #TherapistEntrepreneur #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Therapists spend their days helping clients navigate life's challenges, but behind the scenes, managing the tax and financial side of a private practice can feel overwhelming. From tracking insurance reimbursements to navigating employee versus contractor</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b45e1ca/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP29 - Is an LLC Enough? When You Really Need an S-Corp</title>
      <itunes:title>EP29 - Is an LLC Enough? When You Really Need an S-Corp</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">01783f9b-846d-4bb2-addb-a1263149d673</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2b18af8f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>An LLC protects your business legally, but it won't save you a dime on taxes. An S-Corp can slash your tax bill significantly—but only if you're actually ready for it. Too many creative entrepreneurs rush into S-Corp status because they hear it's a magic tax hack, only to find themselves drowning in payroll requirements, extra accounting fees, and compliance headaches they didn't need yet. </p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly when an LLC is enough and when it's time to level up to S-Corp status. You'll learn the profit thresholds that trigger the conversation, what "reasonable compensation" actually means, the hidden costs of converting too early, and how to know if you're truly ready. </p><p>If you've been wondering whether you should make the switch—or if you already did and aren't sure it was the right call—this episode will give you the clarity you need. </p><p>⏱️ Timestamps: </p><p>00:00 Introduction to LLCs and S Corps </p><p>00:33 Understanding LLCs: Legal Protections and Limitations </p><p>03:40 When to Consider an S Corporation </p><p>05:08 Tax Implications and Reasonable Compensation </p><p>10:16 Administrative Costs and Timing for S Corp Conversion </p><p>13:36 Final Thoughts and Recommendations </p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#SCorpTaxes #LLCvsSCorp #SmallBusinessTaxes #CreativeBusiness #TaxStrategy #EntrepreneurTips #BusinessStructure #SelfEmployedTaxes #TaxPlanning #SmallBusinessOwner #FreelancerTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>An LLC protects your business legally, but it won't save you a dime on taxes. An S-Corp can slash your tax bill significantly—but only if you're actually ready for it. Too many creative entrepreneurs rush into S-Corp status because they hear it's a magic tax hack, only to find themselves drowning in payroll requirements, extra accounting fees, and compliance headaches they didn't need yet. </p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly when an LLC is enough and when it's time to level up to S-Corp status. You'll learn the profit thresholds that trigger the conversation, what "reasonable compensation" actually means, the hidden costs of converting too early, and how to know if you're truly ready. </p><p>If you've been wondering whether you should make the switch—or if you already did and aren't sure it was the right call—this episode will give you the clarity you need. </p><p>⏱️ Timestamps: </p><p>00:00 Introduction to LLCs and S Corps </p><p>00:33 Understanding LLCs: Legal Protections and Limitations </p><p>03:40 When to Consider an S Corporation </p><p>05:08 Tax Implications and Reasonable Compensation </p><p>10:16 Administrative Costs and Timing for S Corp Conversion </p><p>13:36 Final Thoughts and Recommendations </p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#SCorpTaxes #LLCvsSCorp #SmallBusinessTaxes #CreativeBusiness #TaxStrategy #EntrepreneurTips #BusinessStructure #SelfEmployedTaxes #TaxPlanning #SmallBusinessOwner #FreelancerTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 11:00:57 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2b18af8f/ba5a437e.mp3" length="39028303" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ZYqrSJcDroLM_y-bltOigkn9o4PPJZvFv9jbQofhnOk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84YWVh/NThiM2FmYmUyYzhl/MWVlYzM2ZjIwOWIz/MDU1MS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>976</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>An LLC protects your business legally, but it won't save you a dime on taxes. An S-Corp can slash your tax bill significantly—but only if you're actually ready for it. Too many creative entrepreneurs rush into S-Corp status because they hear it's a magic tax hack, only to find themselves drowning in payroll requirements, extra accounting fees, and compliance headaches they didn't need yet. 

In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly when an LLC is enough and when it's time to level up to S-Corp status. You'll learn the profit thresholds that trigger the conversation, what "reasonable compensation" actually means, the hidden costs of converting too early, and how to know if you're truly ready. 

If you've been wondering whether you should make the switch—or if you already did and aren't sure it was the right call—this episode will give you the clarity you need. 

⏱️ Timestamps: 

00:00 Introduction to LLCs and S Corps 

00:33 Understanding LLCs: Legal Protections and Limitations 

03:40 When to Consider an S Corporation 

05:08 Tax Implications and Reasonable Compensation 

10:16 Administrative Costs and Timing for S Corp Conversion 

13:36 Final Thoughts and Recommendations 



Why subscribe? 

Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. 



🔗 Listen everywhere: 

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448 

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources: 

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa 

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast 

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com 

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. 

#SCorpTaxes #LLCvsSCorp #SmallBusinessTaxes #CreativeBusiness #TaxStrategy #EntrepreneurTips #BusinessStructure #SelfEmployedTaxes #TaxPlanning #SmallBusinessOwner #FreelancerTaxes #LetsGetFiscal</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>An LLC protects your business legally, but it won't save you a dime on taxes. An S-Corp can slash your tax bill significantly—but only if you're actually ready for it. Too many creative entrepreneurs rush into S-Corp status because they hear it's a magic </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2b18af8f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP28 - Business Bank Accounts: The Foundation You're Probably Ignoring</title>
      <itunes:title>EP28 - Business Bank Accounts: The Foundation You're Probably Ignoring</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d4757fa-3f3c-46d1-8ac4-05373ca8ea30</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8584d0ea</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're running your creative business out of your personal bank account, you're making bookkeeping harder than it needs to be and potentially paying more in taxes. This foundational step seems simple, but so many entrepreneurs skip it or delay it until tax season becomes a nightmare. </p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly why separating your business and personal finances is non-negotiable, how to set up the right accounts, and what to do if you've already been mixing everything together. </p><p>You'll learn the practical strategies for managing multiple accounts, handling sales tax properly, transferring money between business and personal accounts based on your business structure, and using credit cards strategically. </p><p>Whether you're just starting out or need to clean up commingled finances, this episode gives you the roadmap to get organized and protect your deductions during an audit. </p><p>00:00 Introduction: Why Personal Bank Accounts Hurt Your Business </p><p>00:33 The Importance of a Business Bank Account </p><p>01:24 Setting Up and Managing Multiple Accounts </p><p>03:04 Handling Sales Tax and Savings </p><p>05:33 Avoiding Commingling of Funds </p><p>08:40 Transferring Funds Between Accounts </p><p>11:04 Choosing the Right Bank Account </p><p>13:55 Credit Cards and Business Expenses </p><p>16:08 Final Tips and Conclusion </p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#BusinessBankAccount #CreativeEntrepreneur #TaxStrategy #SmallBusinessTips #BookkeepingTips #BusinessFinance #SoleProprietor #SCorpTips #TaxSavings #CreativeBusiness #EntrepreneurLife #FinancialOrganization</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're running your creative business out of your personal bank account, you're making bookkeeping harder than it needs to be and potentially paying more in taxes. This foundational step seems simple, but so many entrepreneurs skip it or delay it until tax season becomes a nightmare. </p><p>In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly why separating your business and personal finances is non-negotiable, how to set up the right accounts, and what to do if you've already been mixing everything together. </p><p>You'll learn the practical strategies for managing multiple accounts, handling sales tax properly, transferring money between business and personal accounts based on your business structure, and using credit cards strategically. </p><p>Whether you're just starting out or need to clean up commingled finances, this episode gives you the roadmap to get organized and protect your deductions during an audit. </p><p>00:00 Introduction: Why Personal Bank Accounts Hurt Your Business </p><p>00:33 The Importance of a Business Bank Account </p><p>01:24 Setting Up and Managing Multiple Accounts </p><p>03:04 Handling Sales Tax and Savings </p><p>05:33 Avoiding Commingling of Funds </p><p>08:40 Transferring Funds Between Accounts </p><p>11:04 Choosing the Right Bank Account </p><p>13:55 Credit Cards and Business Expenses </p><p>16:08 Final Tips and Conclusion </p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#BusinessBankAccount #CreativeEntrepreneur #TaxStrategy #SmallBusinessTips #BookkeepingTips #BusinessFinance #SoleProprietor #SCorpTips #TaxSavings #CreativeBusiness #EntrepreneurLife #FinancialOrganization</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 11:00:19 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8584d0ea/86c2e81f.mp3" length="43251358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/LrEgzkbcNBQ_wZj1vaE_2RBNKTQBkPtFS0PxyB2R_Kg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wM2Vl/YjQ5MDRmMDU4ZDc0/NTk4YzgwZjRiNjVj/YzU1Ni5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1082</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you're running your creative business out of your personal bank account, you're making bookkeeping harder than it needs to be and potentially paying more in taxes. This foundational step seems simple, but so many entrepreneurs skip it or delay it until tax season becomes a nightmare. 

In this episode, Anastasia and Myiesha break down exactly why separating your business and personal finances is non-negotiable, how to set up the right accounts, and what to do if you've already been mixing everything together. 

You'll learn the practical strategies for managing multiple accounts, handling sales tax properly, transferring money between business and personal accounts based on your business structure, and using credit cards strategically. 

Whether you're just starting out or need to clean up commingled finances, this episode gives you the roadmap to get organized and protect your deductions during an audit. 

00:00 Introduction: Why Personal Bank Accounts Hurt Your Business 

00:33 The Importance of a Business Bank Account 

01:24 Setting Up and Managing Multiple Accounts 

03:04 Handling Sales Tax and Savings 

05:33 Avoiding Commingling of Funds 

08:40 Transferring Funds Between Accounts 

11:04 Choosing the Right Bank Account 

13:55 Credit Cards and Business Expenses 

16:08 Final Tips and Conclusion 



Why subscribe? 

Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. 



🔗 Listen everywhere: 

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448 

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources: 

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa 

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast 

Need personalized help with your business finances? Visit: https://www.coterietax.com 

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. 

#BusinessBankAccount #CreativeEntrepreneur #TaxStrategy #SmallBusinessTips #BookkeepingTips #BusinessFinance #SoleProprietor #SCorpTips #TaxSavings #CreativeBusiness #EntrepreneurLife #FinancialOrganization</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you're running your creative business out of your personal bank account, you're making bookkeeping harder than it needs to be and potentially paying more in taxes. This foundational step seems simple, but so many entrepreneurs skip it or delay it until</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8584d0ea/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP27 - Business vs Hobby: What the IRS Actually Looks For in Creative Businesses</title>
      <itunes:title>EP27 - Business vs Hobby: What the IRS Actually Looks For in Creative Businesses</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">66feb6a5-6952-4e9c-b430-89ce1e153b50</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8ae0c2f2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP27 - Business vs Hobby: What the IRS Actually Looks For in Creative Businesses Every creative professional reaches a moment when their passion project starts generating income—but does that automatically make it a business? Not according to the IRS. The distinction between a hobby and a legitimate business isn't just a technicality; it determines whether you can deduct expenses, claim losses, and build wealth through your creative work. Get this wrong, and you could face thousands in disallowed deductions and penalties. </p><p><br></p><p>In this essential episode, tax experts Anastasia and Danielle walk you through the IRS framework for determining business classification. You'll discover the specific operational practices, documentation standards, and profit patterns that demonstrate you're running a real business—not just monetizing a hobby. </p><p>Whether you're launching a photography business, building a content creation empire, or turning your design skills into a full-time income, this episode gives you the blueprint to structure your operations correctly from day one. The best part? Most of what the IRS looks for isn't complicated—it's about consistent, professional business practices that you should be doing anyway. Learn how to protect your deductions, avoid red flags, and position your creative work as the legitimate business it deserves to be. </p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps: </p><p>00:00 Introduction: Hobby or Business? </p><p>00:12 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Danielle </p><p>00:32 Turning Hobbies into Businesses </p><p>03:13 IRS Guidelines: Business vs. Hobby </p><p>04:18 Running Your Business Like a Business </p><p>08:51 Record Keeping and Financial Management </p><p>09:43 IRS Red Flags and Tests </p><p>16:13 Practical Tips for Aspiring Entrepreneurs </p><p>18:54 Conclusion and Contact Information </p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? </p><p>Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#BusinessTaxes #HobbyVsBusiness #IRSRules #CreativeBusiness #TaxDeductions #SmallBusinessTax #SideHustleTax #EntrepreneurTips #TaxStrategy #BusinessFinance #SelfEmployed #CreativeEntrepreneur</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP27 - Business vs Hobby: What the IRS Actually Looks For in Creative Businesses Every creative professional reaches a moment when their passion project starts generating income—but does that automatically make it a business? Not according to the IRS. The distinction between a hobby and a legitimate business isn't just a technicality; it determines whether you can deduct expenses, claim losses, and build wealth through your creative work. Get this wrong, and you could face thousands in disallowed deductions and penalties. </p><p><br></p><p>In this essential episode, tax experts Anastasia and Danielle walk you through the IRS framework for determining business classification. You'll discover the specific operational practices, documentation standards, and profit patterns that demonstrate you're running a real business—not just monetizing a hobby. </p><p>Whether you're launching a photography business, building a content creation empire, or turning your design skills into a full-time income, this episode gives you the blueprint to structure your operations correctly from day one. The best part? Most of what the IRS looks for isn't complicated—it's about consistent, professional business practices that you should be doing anyway. Learn how to protect your deductions, avoid red flags, and position your creative work as the legitimate business it deserves to be. </p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps: </p><p>00:00 Introduction: Hobby or Business? </p><p>00:12 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Danielle </p><p>00:32 Turning Hobbies into Businesses </p><p>03:13 IRS Guidelines: Business vs. Hobby </p><p>04:18 Running Your Business Like a Business </p><p>08:51 Record Keeping and Financial Management </p><p>09:43 IRS Red Flags and Tests </p><p>16:13 Practical Tips for Aspiring Entrepreneurs </p><p>18:54 Conclusion and Contact Information </p><p><br></p><p>Why subscribe? </p><p>Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. </p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Listen everywhere: </p><p>Apple Podcasts: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448" rel="nofollow">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</a> </p><p>Spotify: <a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11" rel="nofollow">https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</a> </p><p>Watch on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</a></p><p><br></p><p>📊 Helpful resources: </p><p>Got a question for the show? Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a> </p><p>Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a> </p><p>Need personalized help with your business finances? </p><p>Visit: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a> </p><p>What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. </p><p>#BusinessTaxes #HobbyVsBusiness #IRSRules #CreativeBusiness #TaxDeductions #SmallBusinessTax #SideHustleTax #EntrepreneurTips #TaxStrategy #BusinessFinance #SelfEmployed #CreativeEntrepreneur</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 11:00:06 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8ae0c2f2/9ced5c5e.mp3" length="46683368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/QF2WQpd7f1hIAAlXK270JVQxh9wO1CiqxeqcQUX6nqU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lYzEz/OWQxMTI5YTMxZjg1/OTliNzA1MjNiODg2/YzllMC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1168</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP27 - Business vs Hobby: What the IRS Actually Looks For in Creative Businesses Every creative professional reaches a moment when their passion project starts generating income—but does that automatically make it a business? Not according to the IRS. The distinction between a hobby and a legitimate business isn't just a technicality; it determines whether you can deduct expenses, claim losses, and build wealth through your creative work. Get this wrong, and you could face thousands in disallowed deductions and penalties. 



In this essential episode, tax experts Anastasia and Danielle walk you through the IRS framework for determining business classification. You'll discover the specific operational practices, documentation standards, and profit patterns that demonstrate you're running a real business—not just monetizing a hobby. 

Whether you're launching a photography business, building a content creation empire, or turning your design skills into a full-time income, this episode gives you the blueprint to structure your operations correctly from day one. The best part? Most of what the IRS looks for isn't complicated—it's about consistent, professional business practices that you should be doing anyway. Learn how to protect your deductions, avoid red flags, and position your creative work as the legitimate business it deserves to be. 



⏱️ Timestamps: 

00:00 Introduction: Hobby or Business? 

00:12 Meet Your Hosts: Anastasia and Danielle 

00:32 Turning Hobbies into Businesses 

03:13 IRS Guidelines: Business vs. Hobby 

04:18 Running Your Business Like a Business 

08:51 Record Keeping and Financial Management 

09:43 IRS Red Flags and Tests 

16:13 Practical Tips for Aspiring Entrepreneurs 

18:54 Conclusion and Contact Information 



Why subscribe? 

Every week, Let's Get Fiscal shares tax strategies and business finance advice that actually work for real entrepreneurs—not corporate-speak you can't use. You'll get specific, actionable tactics, real client scenarios, and answers to the money questions keeping you up at night. The goal is simple: make business finances less intimidating and more profitable. 



🔗 Listen everywhere: 

Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448 

Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast



📊 Helpful resources: 

Got a question for the show? Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa 

Want to listen to more episodes? Start here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast 

Need personalized help with your business finances? 

Visit: https://www.coterietax.com 

What's your biggest tax or money question right now? Drop it in the comments below—Anastasia and Myiesha read every comment and love helping with real-world situations. 

#BusinessTaxes #HobbyVsBusiness #IRSRules #CreativeBusiness #TaxDeductions #SmallBusinessTax #SideHustleTax #EntrepreneurTips #TaxStrategy #BusinessFinance #SelfEmployed #CreativeEntrepreneur</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP27 - Business vs Hobby: What the IRS Actually Looks For in Creative Businesses Every creative professional reaches a moment when their passion project starts generating income—but does that automatically make it a business? Not according to the IRS. The</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8ae0c2f2/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP26 - Understanding Your Financials What to Look For &amp; What to Ask Your Bookkeeper</title>
      <itunes:title>EP26 - Understanding Your Financials What to Look For &amp; What to Ask Your Bookkeeper</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">671234ea-f362-4015-9b1e-60d568e58571</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1b156480</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><b><strong>Understanding Your Financials: What to Look For and What to Ask Your Bookkeeper</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Your financials are telling a story. The question is whether it’s the <em>right</em> one. <strong>Understanding your financials</strong> is one of the most important skills a business owner can develop, yet it’s also one of the most overlooked. Many entrepreneurs assume their profit and loss statement and balance sheet are just paperwork for tax season, but in reality, these reports are the foundation of smart tax strategy, cash flow clarity, and long-term growth.</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down how to read your financial statements with confidence and spot red flags before they turn into expensive mistakes. If you traveled, hired contractors, launched a product, or ran a major promotion, your numbers should reflect that activity. When they don’t, it can signal missing data, misclassification, or gaps that could raise IRS questions later.</p><p>You’ll learn how to review your profit and loss and balance sheet like a pro, what negative numbers actually mean, and how to connect your real-life business activity to what’s showing up in your reports. Most importantly, this episode empowers you to ask better questions of your bookkeeper so your financials accurately reflect your business story, not just generic accounting rules.</p><p><b><strong>Hosts</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong> – Tax strategist specializing in tax optimization for small business owners and creative professionals. With over a decade of experience, Anastasia helps entrepreneurs translate financial data into clear, compliant tax strategies that support sustainable growth.</p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong> – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on helping freelancers, independent contractors, and creators build audit-ready financial systems. Myiesha specializes in making financial reports understandable, actionable, and aligned with real business activity.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>What does it really mean when your financials are “telling a story” about your business?</li><li>How do profit and loss statements and balance sheets work together?</li><li>What negative numbers in your financial reports actually signal?</li><li>How can you quickly spot missing expenses or misclassified transactions?</li><li>Why do mismatches between profit, cash, and lifestyle raise red flags?</li><li>What questions should you ask your bookkeeper to fully understand your numbers?</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Timestamps</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>00:00 – Why understanding your financials matters for business owners</li><li>01:01 – Financials as the story of your business year</li><li>04:02 – Profit and loss vs. balance sheet explained</li><li>07:28 – How to scan reports quickly for errors and red flags</li><li>10:02 – Account categories: what should (and shouldn’t) be included</li><li>12:17 – Spotting inconsistencies, fraud, and missing activity</li><li>16:25 – Comparing year-over-year and monthly financial patterns</li><li>21:00 – Profit vs. cash balance: identifying disconnects</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Key Takeaways</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Review negative numbers immediately.</strong> Negative balances often signal missing expenses, incorrect classifications, or syncing issues that need attention.</li><li><strong>Understand account definitions.</strong> Each category should have a clear purpose; mixed or vague accounts make your financial story unclear.</li><li><strong>Match numbers to real life.</strong> Travel, marketing campaigns, or lifestyle changes should show up in your financials.</li><li><strong>Compare profit to cash.</strong> High profit with low cash usually means money is leaving the business somewhere.</li><li><strong>Ask questions early and often.</strong> There’s no such thing as a dumb financial question when it’s your business.</li><li><strong>Your understanding matters.</strong> Financials don’t work if only your bookkeeper understands them.</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>FAQ – Common Questions</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What financial reports should business owners review regularly?</strong></p><p>A: At a minimum, you should review your profit and loss statement and your balance sheet. The profit and loss shows activity for a specific period, while the balance sheet shows what your business owns and owes from the beginning of time. Reviewing both together helps you understand performance and financial position.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What do negative numbers on a profit and loss mean?</strong></p><p>A: Negative numbers often indicate errors, refunds, or missing transactions. While some negatives make sense, like refunds, others signal that expenses or income may not be recorded correctly and should be investigated.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Why doesn’t my profit match my bank balance?</strong></p><p>A: Profit and cash are different. If your profit is high but your bank balance is low, money may have been withdrawn, misclassified, or not fully recorded. This mismatch is one of the biggest red flags to review.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: How detailed should my bookkeeping categories be?</strong></p><p>A: Categories should be specific enough to clearly define what belongs there. For example, business meals should only include qualifying meals. Clear definitions help your financials align with IRS expectations.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Is it okay to ask my bookkeeper lots of questions?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Understanding your financials is your responsibility as a business owner. Asking questions ensures your reports accurately reflect how your business actually operates.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Resources &amp; Links</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>🎧 Listen Everywhere:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>📊 Coterie Tax Resources:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Questions about understanding your financials? Submit here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Listen to more episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Ready to optimize your taxes? Work with Coterie: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>Understanding your financials gives you control, clarity, and confidence as a business owner. If this episode raised questions about your own numbers, submit them here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa. Anastasia and Myiesha may answer them in a future episode.  </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><b><strong>Understanding Your Financials: What to Look For and What to Ask Your Bookkeeper</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Your financials are telling a story. The question is whether it’s the <em>right</em> one. <strong>Understanding your financials</strong> is one of the most important skills a business owner can develop, yet it’s also one of the most overlooked. Many entrepreneurs assume their profit and loss statement and balance sheet are just paperwork for tax season, but in reality, these reports are the foundation of smart tax strategy, cash flow clarity, and long-term growth.</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down how to read your financial statements with confidence and spot red flags before they turn into expensive mistakes. If you traveled, hired contractors, launched a product, or ran a major promotion, your numbers should reflect that activity. When they don’t, it can signal missing data, misclassification, or gaps that could raise IRS questions later.</p><p>You’ll learn how to review your profit and loss and balance sheet like a pro, what negative numbers actually mean, and how to connect your real-life business activity to what’s showing up in your reports. Most importantly, this episode empowers you to ask better questions of your bookkeeper so your financials accurately reflect your business story, not just generic accounting rules.</p><p><b><strong>Hosts</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong> – Tax strategist specializing in tax optimization for small business owners and creative professionals. With over a decade of experience, Anastasia helps entrepreneurs translate financial data into clear, compliant tax strategies that support sustainable growth.</p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong> – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on helping freelancers, independent contractors, and creators build audit-ready financial systems. Myiesha specializes in making financial reports understandable, actionable, and aligned with real business activity.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>What does it really mean when your financials are “telling a story” about your business?</li><li>How do profit and loss statements and balance sheets work together?</li><li>What negative numbers in your financial reports actually signal?</li><li>How can you quickly spot missing expenses or misclassified transactions?</li><li>Why do mismatches between profit, cash, and lifestyle raise red flags?</li><li>What questions should you ask your bookkeeper to fully understand your numbers?</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Timestamps</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>00:00 – Why understanding your financials matters for business owners</li><li>01:01 – Financials as the story of your business year</li><li>04:02 – Profit and loss vs. balance sheet explained</li><li>07:28 – How to scan reports quickly for errors and red flags</li><li>10:02 – Account categories: what should (and shouldn’t) be included</li><li>12:17 – Spotting inconsistencies, fraud, and missing activity</li><li>16:25 – Comparing year-over-year and monthly financial patterns</li><li>21:00 – Profit vs. cash balance: identifying disconnects</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Key Takeaways</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Review negative numbers immediately.</strong> Negative balances often signal missing expenses, incorrect classifications, or syncing issues that need attention.</li><li><strong>Understand account definitions.</strong> Each category should have a clear purpose; mixed or vague accounts make your financial story unclear.</li><li><strong>Match numbers to real life.</strong> Travel, marketing campaigns, or lifestyle changes should show up in your financials.</li><li><strong>Compare profit to cash.</strong> High profit with low cash usually means money is leaving the business somewhere.</li><li><strong>Ask questions early and often.</strong> There’s no such thing as a dumb financial question when it’s your business.</li><li><strong>Your understanding matters.</strong> Financials don’t work if only your bookkeeper understands them.</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>FAQ – Common Questions</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What financial reports should business owners review regularly?</strong></p><p>A: At a minimum, you should review your profit and loss statement and your balance sheet. The profit and loss shows activity for a specific period, while the balance sheet shows what your business owns and owes from the beginning of time. Reviewing both together helps you understand performance and financial position.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What do negative numbers on a profit and loss mean?</strong></p><p>A: Negative numbers often indicate errors, refunds, or missing transactions. While some negatives make sense, like refunds, others signal that expenses or income may not be recorded correctly and should be investigated.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Why doesn’t my profit match my bank balance?</strong></p><p>A: Profit and cash are different. If your profit is high but your bank balance is low, money may have been withdrawn, misclassified, or not fully recorded. This mismatch is one of the biggest red flags to review.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: How detailed should my bookkeeping categories be?</strong></p><p>A: Categories should be specific enough to clearly define what belongs there. For example, business meals should only include qualifying meals. Clear definitions help your financials align with IRS expectations.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Is it okay to ask my bookkeeper lots of questions?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Understanding your financials is your responsibility as a business owner. Asking questions ensures your reports accurately reflect how your business actually operates.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Resources &amp; Links</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>🎧 Listen Everywhere:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>📊 Coterie Tax Resources:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Questions about understanding your financials? Submit here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Listen to more episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Ready to optimize your taxes? Work with Coterie: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>Understanding your financials gives you control, clarity, and confidence as a business owner. If this episode raised questions about your own numbers, submit them here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa. Anastasia and Myiesha may answer them in a future episode.  </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 11:00:51 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1b156480/53136a53.mp3" length="61065131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/oiKhkXsdCkaUxNZ-C9QR6dP-2BzVBiWrUhbMNevyuaE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lYTJk/ODVhZWQ0MjBjYWUx/NzFiOTVmNWMxOTM5/M2NiYS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1527</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Understanding Your Financials: What to Look For and What to Ask Your Bookkeeper


Your financials are telling a story. The question is whether it’s the right one. Understanding your financials is one of the most important skills a business owner can develop, yet it’s also one of the most overlooked. Many entrepreneurs assume their profit and loss statement and balance sheet are just paperwork for tax season, but in reality, these reports are the foundation of smart tax strategy, cash flow clarity, and long-term growth.

In this episode of Let’s Get Fiscal, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down how to read your financial statements with confidence and spot red flags before they turn into expensive mistakes. If you traveled, hired contractors, launched a product, or ran a major promotion, your numbers should reflect that activity. When they don’t, it can signal missing data, misclassification, or gaps that could raise IRS questions later.

You’ll learn how to review your profit and loss and balance sheet like a pro, what negative numbers actually mean, and how to connect your real-life business activity to what’s showing up in your reports. Most importantly, this episode empowers you to ask better questions of your bookkeeper so your financials accurately reflect your business story, not just generic accounting rules.

Hosts


Anastasia Aiello, CPA – Tax strategist specializing in tax optimization for small business owners and creative professionals. With over a decade of experience, Anastasia helps entrepreneurs translate financial data into clear, compliant tax strategies that support sustainable growth.

Myiesha Fisher – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on helping freelancers, independent contractors, and creators build audit-ready financial systems. Myiesha specializes in making financial reports understandable, actionable, and aligned with real business activity.



What You’ll Learn


What does it really mean when your financials are “telling a story” about your business?
How do profit and loss statements and balance sheets work together?
What negative numbers in your financial reports actually signal?
How can you quickly spot missing expenses or misclassified transactions?
Why do mismatches between profit, cash, and lifestyle raise red flags?
What questions should you ask your bookkeeper to fully understand your numbers?


Timestamps


00:00 – Why understanding your financials matters for business owners
01:01 – Financials as the story of your business year
04:02 – Profit and loss vs. balance sheet explained
07:28 – How to scan reports quickly for errors and red flags
10:02 – Account categories: what should (and shouldn’t) be included
12:17 – Spotting inconsistencies, fraud, and missing activity
16:25 – Comparing year-over-year and monthly financial patterns
21:00 – Profit vs. cash balance: identifying disconnects


Key Takeaways


Review negative numbers immediately. Negative balances often signal missing expenses, incorrect classifications, or syncing issues that need attention.
Understand account definitions. Each category should have a clear purpose; mixed or vague accounts make your financial story unclear.
Match numbers to real life. Travel, marketing campaigns, or lifestyle changes should show up in your financials.
Compare profit to cash. High profit with low cash usually means money is leaving the business somewhere.
Ask questions early and often. There’s no such thing as a dumb financial question when it’s your business.
Your understanding matters. Financials don’t work if only your bookkeeper understands them.


FAQ – Common Questions


Q: What financial reports should business owners review regularly?

A: At a minimum, you should review your profit and loss statement and your balance sheet. The profit and loss shows activity for a specific period, while the balance sheet shows what your business owns and owes from the beginning of time. Reviewing both together helps you understand performance and financial position.



Q: What do negative numbers on a profit and loss mean?

A: Negative numbers often indicate errors, refunds, or missing transactions. While some negatives make sense, like refunds, others signal that expenses or income may not be recorded correctly and should be investigated.



Q: Why doesn’t my profit match my bank balance?

A: Profit and cash are different. If your profit is high but your bank balance is low, money may have been withdrawn, misclassified, or not fully recorded. This mismatch is one of the biggest red flags to review.



Q: How detailed should my bookkeeping categories be?

A: Categories should be specific enough to clearly define what belongs there. For example, business meals should only include qualifying meals. Clear definitions help your financials align with IRS expectations.



Q: Is it okay to ask my bookkeeper lots of questions?

A: Yes. Understanding your financials is your responsibility as a business owner. Asking question...</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Understanding Your Financials: What to Look For and What to Ask Your Bookkeeper


Your financials are telling a story. The question is whether it’s the right one. Understanding your financials is one of the most important skills a business owner can devel</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1b156480/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP25 - Protecting Your Personal Information What’s Public &amp; How a Registered Agent Shields You</title>
      <itunes:title>EP25 - Protecting Your Personal Information What’s Public &amp; How a Registered Agent Shields You</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd86dc10-3b82-4183-a9b9-8212d1b10557</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6ef1902</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><b><strong>Protecting Your Personal Information as a Business Owner: What’s Public and How a Registered Agent Can Help</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Starting a business is exciting, but most entrepreneurs don’t realize one critical detail until it’s too late: <strong>your personal information as a business owner can become public record</strong>. In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down exactly <strong>what personal information is public when you start a business</strong>, why it matters, and how simple decisions early on can impact your privacy long-term. If you’re a freelancer, creative professional, or small business owner working from home, this conversation is especially important.</p><p>When you register a business, the address you list, the owners’ names, and sometimes even owners’ addresses can be searchable online through state databases. That means your home address, family details, and personal information may be far more accessible than you expect. This episode explains <strong>how business registration privacy works</strong>, what varies by state, and why many people don’t realize the risks until something goes wrong.</p><p>You’ll also learn how tools like <strong>registered agents</strong>, virtual mailboxes, and thoughtful business naming choices can help protect your privacy without overcomplicating your setup. Anastasia and Myiesha walk through real-world scenarios, costs to consider, and how to decide what level of privacy makes sense for your business and family. If you’re setting up a new company or thinking about changing your existing business information, this episode gives you clarity and options so you can move forward confidently. </p><p><b><strong>Hosts</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong>, tax strategist specializing in tax optimization and entity planning for small business owners and creative professionals. With over a decade of experience, Anastasia helps entrepreneurs build compliant, strategic businesses that support long-term growth.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong>, bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on audit-ready systems for freelancers, independent contractors, and creatives. Myiesha helps business owners understand their numbers and stay compliant without overwhelm.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>What personal information becomes public when you register a business</li><li>Why using your home address can create privacy and safety concerns</li><li>How a registered agent works and when you should use one</li><li>What role business names play in protecting personal information</li><li>How virtual mailboxes and business addresses actually function</li><li>When it makes sense to update or restructure an existing business</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Timestamps</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>00:00 – Introduction: Why business owner privacy matters</li><li>01:00 – How personal addresses become public records</li><li>02:39 – How easy it is to find business owner information online</li><li>04:25 – Business names and why naming matters for privacy</li><li>06:14 – Using business addresses and virtual mailboxes</li><li>07:47 – Incorporating in different states and privacy differences</li><li>08:24 – What a registered agent does and why it matters</li><li>12:00 – Updating business information and long-term considerations</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Key Takeaways</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Understand what’s public before you file.</strong> Business registrations often make addresses, owner names, and filings publicly searchable through state databases.</li><li><strong>Avoid using your home address when possible.</strong> Listing your personal address can expose more information than you expect, especially for home-based businesses.</li><li><strong>Choose business names strategically.</strong> Using your personal name in your business name can make it easier for others to connect your identity and address.</li><li><strong>Use a registered agent for separation.</strong> A registered agent can receive legal documents and keep your personal address off public records in many states.</li><li><strong>Know that privacy rules vary by state.</strong> States like Delaware and Wyoming limit owner information, while others disclose more details.</li><li><strong>You can update information later.</strong> Many states allow address changes through annual reports or statements of information.</li><li><strong>Balance cost with comfort.</strong> Privacy tools cost money, but awareness lets you decide what level of protection fits your situation.</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>FAQ – Common Questions</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What personal information is public when I start a business?</strong></p><p>A: In many states, your business name, business address, owner names, and sometimes owner addresses become public record. This information is often searchable through state business databases and accessible to anyone who knows your company name and state.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Can I use my home address for my business?</strong></p><p>A: Yes, but it means your home address may be publicly visible. Many entrepreneurs start this way to save money, but it’s important to understand the privacy trade-offs before listing your personal address.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What is a registered agent and what do they do?</strong></p><p>A: A registered agent is a person or company designated to receive legal and official documents on behalf of your business. Using one can help keep your personal address off public records.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Does a registered agent hide all my information?</strong></p><p>A: Not entirely. A registered agent can replace your address in some public listings, but certain states still allow deeper searches that may reveal historical filings or ownership details.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Can I change my business address later?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Most states allow updates through annual reports or statements of information. While past filings may still exist, updated addresses usually appear on the main public record.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Should I incorporate in another state for privacy?</strong></p><p>A: Possibly, but it depends on your situation. States like Delaware offer more privacy, but incorporating out-of-state can add complexity and cost. Always consult a tax professional before deciding.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>🎧 Listen Everywhere:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>📊 Coterie Tax Resources:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Questions about business owner privacy? Submit here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Listen to more episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Ready to optimize your taxes? Work with Coterie: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>Protecting your personal information starts with awareness and intentional choices. If business privacy feels overwhelming, you don’t have to figure it out alone. <strong>Coterie Tax specialists can help you build a business structure that protects both your finances and your personal life. Learn more: https://www.coterietax.com.</strong></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><b><strong>Protecting Your Personal Information as a Business Owner: What’s Public and How a Registered Agent Can Help</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Starting a business is exciting, but most entrepreneurs don’t realize one critical detail until it’s too late: <strong>your personal information as a business owner can become public record</strong>. In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down exactly <strong>what personal information is public when you start a business</strong>, why it matters, and how simple decisions early on can impact your privacy long-term. If you’re a freelancer, creative professional, or small business owner working from home, this conversation is especially important.</p><p>When you register a business, the address you list, the owners’ names, and sometimes even owners’ addresses can be searchable online through state databases. That means your home address, family details, and personal information may be far more accessible than you expect. This episode explains <strong>how business registration privacy works</strong>, what varies by state, and why many people don’t realize the risks until something goes wrong.</p><p>You’ll also learn how tools like <strong>registered agents</strong>, virtual mailboxes, and thoughtful business naming choices can help protect your privacy without overcomplicating your setup. Anastasia and Myiesha walk through real-world scenarios, costs to consider, and how to decide what level of privacy makes sense for your business and family. If you’re setting up a new company or thinking about changing your existing business information, this episode gives you clarity and options so you can move forward confidently. </p><p><b><strong>Hosts</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong>, tax strategist specializing in tax optimization and entity planning for small business owners and creative professionals. With over a decade of experience, Anastasia helps entrepreneurs build compliant, strategic businesses that support long-term growth.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong>, bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on audit-ready systems for freelancers, independent contractors, and creatives. Myiesha helps business owners understand their numbers and stay compliant without overwhelm.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>What personal information becomes public when you register a business</li><li>Why using your home address can create privacy and safety concerns</li><li>How a registered agent works and when you should use one</li><li>What role business names play in protecting personal information</li><li>How virtual mailboxes and business addresses actually function</li><li>When it makes sense to update or restructure an existing business</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Timestamps</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li>00:00 – Introduction: Why business owner privacy matters</li><li>01:00 – How personal addresses become public records</li><li>02:39 – How easy it is to find business owner information online</li><li>04:25 – Business names and why naming matters for privacy</li><li>06:14 – Using business addresses and virtual mailboxes</li><li>07:47 – Incorporating in different states and privacy differences</li><li>08:24 – What a registered agent does and why it matters</li><li>12:00 – Updating business information and long-term considerations</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Key Takeaways</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Understand what’s public before you file.</strong> Business registrations often make addresses, owner names, and filings publicly searchable through state databases.</li><li><strong>Avoid using your home address when possible.</strong> Listing your personal address can expose more information than you expect, especially for home-based businesses.</li><li><strong>Choose business names strategically.</strong> Using your personal name in your business name can make it easier for others to connect your identity and address.</li><li><strong>Use a registered agent for separation.</strong> A registered agent can receive legal documents and keep your personal address off public records in many states.</li><li><strong>Know that privacy rules vary by state.</strong> States like Delaware and Wyoming limit owner information, while others disclose more details.</li><li><strong>You can update information later.</strong> Many states allow address changes through annual reports or statements of information.</li><li><strong>Balance cost with comfort.</strong> Privacy tools cost money, but awareness lets you decide what level of protection fits your situation.</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>FAQ – Common Questions</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What personal information is public when I start a business?</strong></p><p>A: In many states, your business name, business address, owner names, and sometimes owner addresses become public record. This information is often searchable through state business databases and accessible to anyone who knows your company name and state.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Can I use my home address for my business?</strong></p><p>A: Yes, but it means your home address may be publicly visible. Many entrepreneurs start this way to save money, but it’s important to understand the privacy trade-offs before listing your personal address.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What is a registered agent and what do they do?</strong></p><p>A: A registered agent is a person or company designated to receive legal and official documents on behalf of your business. Using one can help keep your personal address off public records.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Does a registered agent hide all my information?</strong></p><p>A: Not entirely. A registered agent can replace your address in some public listings, but certain states still allow deeper searches that may reveal historical filings or ownership details.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Can I change my business address later?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Most states allow updates through annual reports or statements of information. While past filings may still exist, updated addresses usually appear on the main public record.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Should I incorporate in another state for privacy?</strong></p><p>A: Possibly, but it depends on your situation. States like Delaware offer more privacy, but incorporating out-of-state can add complexity and cost. Always consult a tax professional before deciding.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>🎧 Listen Everywhere:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>📊 Coterie Tax Resources:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Questions about business owner privacy? Submit here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Listen to more episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Ready to optimize your taxes? Work with Coterie: https://www.coterietax.com</p><p><br></p><p>Protecting your personal information starts with awareness and intentional choices. If business privacy feels overwhelming, you don’t have to figure it out alone. <strong>Coterie Tax specialists can help you build a business structure that protects both your finances and your personal life. Learn more: https://www.coterietax.com.</strong></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 11:00:38 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f6ef1902/94d5be97.mp3" length="37408918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/vo7p9-i8-xNcp8qApGzlSqfYGTKb8tlCamP0O3TyBmo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yZmRi/ZDliODAwZWIxMmZl/NmU1MTg4N2Y2YzI3/YmY1Yi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>936</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Protecting Your Personal Information as a Business Owner: What’s Public and How a Registered Agent Can Help


Starting a business is exciting, but most entrepreneurs don’t realize one critical detail until it’s too late: your personal information as a business owner can become public record. In this episode of Let’s Get Fiscal, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down exactly what personal information is public when you start a business, why it matters, and how simple decisions early on can impact your privacy long-term. If you’re a freelancer, creative professional, or small business owner working from home, this conversation is especially important.

When you register a business, the address you list, the owners’ names, and sometimes even owners’ addresses can be searchable online through state databases. That means your home address, family details, and personal information may be far more accessible than you expect. This episode explains how business registration privacy works, what varies by state, and why many people don’t realize the risks until something goes wrong.

You’ll also learn how tools like registered agents, virtual mailboxes, and thoughtful business naming choices can help protect your privacy without overcomplicating your setup. Anastasia and Myiesha walk through real-world scenarios, costs to consider, and how to decide what level of privacy makes sense for your business and family. If you’re setting up a new company or thinking about changing your existing business information, this episode gives you clarity and options so you can move forward confidently. 

Hosts


Anastasia Aiello, CPA, tax strategist specializing in tax optimization and entity planning for small business owners and creative professionals. With over a decade of experience, Anastasia helps entrepreneurs build compliant, strategic businesses that support long-term growth.



Myiesha Fisher, bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on audit-ready systems for freelancers, independent contractors, and creatives. Myiesha helps business owners understand their numbers and stay compliant without overwhelm.



What You’ll Learn


What personal information becomes public when you register a business
Why using your home address can create privacy and safety concerns
How a registered agent works and when you should use one
What role business names play in protecting personal information
How virtual mailboxes and business addresses actually function
When it makes sense to update or restructure an existing business


Timestamps


00:00 – Introduction: Why business owner privacy matters
01:00 – How personal addresses become public records
02:39 – How easy it is to find business owner information online
04:25 – Business names and why naming matters for privacy
06:14 – Using business addresses and virtual mailboxes
07:47 – Incorporating in different states and privacy differences
08:24 – What a registered agent does and why it matters
12:00 – Updating business information and long-term considerations


Key Takeaways


Understand what’s public before you file. Business registrations often make addresses, owner names, and filings publicly searchable through state databases.
Avoid using your home address when possible. Listing your personal address can expose more information than you expect, especially for home-based businesses.
Choose business names strategically. Using your personal name in your business name can make it easier for others to connect your identity and address.
Use a registered agent for separation. A registered agent can receive legal documents and keep your personal address off public records in many states.
Know that privacy rules vary by state. States like Delaware and Wyoming limit owner information, while others disclose more details.
You can update information later. Many states allow address changes through annual reports or statements of information.
Balance cost with comfort. Privacy tools cost money, but awareness lets you decide what level of protection fits your situation.


FAQ – Common Questions


Q: What personal information is public when I start a business?

A: In many states, your business name, business address, owner names, and sometimes owner addresses become public record. This information is often searchable through state business databases and accessible to anyone who knows your company name and state.



Q: Can I use my home address for my business?

A: Yes, but it means your home address may be publicly visible. Many entrepreneurs start this way to save money, but it’s important to understand the privacy trade-offs before listing your personal address.



Q: What is a registered agent and what do they do?

A: A registered agent is a person or company designated to receive legal and official documents on behalf of your business. Using one can help keep your personal address off public records.



Q: Does a registered agent hide all my information?

A: Not entirely. A registered a...</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Protecting Your Personal Information as a Business Owner: What’s Public and How a Registered Agent Can Help


Starting a business is exciting, but most entrepreneurs don’t realize one critical detail until it’s too late: your personal information as a bus</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6ef1902/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP24 - Benefits of Extension and Superseded Returns</title>
      <itunes:title>EP24 - Benefits of Extension and Superseded Returns</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1303c096-b1e3-4847-ad8f-d167b09cb358</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0894e249</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><b>Tax Extensions and Superseded Returns: The Strategic Tools Most Entrepreneurs Miss</b></p><p><br></p><p>Tax extensions can feel like admitting defeat—a sign you're behind, disorganized, or inviting IRS scrutiny. But the truth is far different: filing a tax extension is a strategic decision that can save you thousands in penalties, give you time for accuracy, and even unlock special tax-saving opportunities most people never access. In this episode, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down exactly what tax extensions are, how they actually work, and why so many entrepreneurs misunderstand their purpose. You'll learn the critical difference between filing deadlines and payment deadlines, discover when state and federal rules diverge, and understand superseded returns—a powerful "undo button" that lets you file a corrected original return instead of dealing with the limitations of amendments. If you're self-employed, a freelancer, or running a creative business with multiple 1099s and complex income streams, this episode will transform how you think about tax deadlines and give you concrete strategies to file smarter, not faster.</p><p><b>Hosts</b></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong> – Tax strategist specializing in tax optimization for creative professionals, entrepreneurs, and small business owners. With years of experience helping clients navigate complex tax situations, Anastasia focuses on proactive strategies that reduce liability while maintaining full compliance.</p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong> – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert dedicated to making business finances accessible and manageable for independent contractors, freelancers, and creative entrepreneurs. Myiesha specializes in audit-ready systems and helping business owners understand their financial obligations.</p><p><b>What You'll Learn</b></p><ul><li>What is a tax extension really, and what critical element does it NOT extend that catches most people off guard?</li><li>How can filing a tax extension strategically save you money instead of costing you more in penalties?</li><li>What's the difference between superseded returns and amended returns, and when does each one matter for your business?</li><li>When should you wait for an extension instead of rushing to file if you're missing key tax documents like 1099s?</li><li>Why do experienced accountants automatically file extensions for their clients, and is that actually in your best interest?</li><li>Which states require separate extension filings beyond the federal extension, and how do you avoid getting caught?</li></ul><p><b>Timestamps</b></p><p>00:00 – Introduction: Why tax extensions are strategy, not procrastination</p><p>01:00 – What tax extensions actually cover (and the payment deadline trap)</p><p>04:00 – Natural disaster relief, COVID extensions, and when payment deadlines truly extend</p><p>06:00 – Strategic uses of extensions: Buying time for accuracy and tax planning</p><p>08:00 – Missing 1099s and W-2s: When waiting beats rushing your tax return</p><p>11:00 – E-file shutdown periods and statute of limitations you need to know</p><p>12:15 – Superseded returns explained: Your second chance at an original filing</p><p>14:00 – Special elections and deductions only available on original returns</p><p>16:00 – Why the IRS can reject amended returns (and how superseded returns avoid this)</p><p>18:00 – Real-world scenarios when superseded returns save you from expensive mistakes</p><p>20:40 – Practical extension strategies for creative professionals and freelancers</p><p>22:45 – Final guidance: Using extensions correctly in your tax planning</p><p><b>Key Takeaways</b></p><p><strong>Extensions only extend filing deadlines, not payment deadlines.</strong> When you file for an extension, you get six additional months to submit your tax return (moving individual returns from April 15 to October 15, and partnerships/S-corps from March 15 to September 15). However, any taxes owed are still due by the original deadline, or you'll face penalties and interest—potentially up to 25% in late penalties plus interest rates of 7-11%.</p><p><strong>State and federal extensions are completely separate.</strong> The IRS extension doesn't automatically cover state tax obligations. States like New York and California require separate extension filings. Some states will accept the federal extension automatically, but many won't—verify your state's specific requirements to avoid unexpected penalties.</p><p><strong>Superseded returns are your "second chance" at an original filing.</strong> If you file an extension and then submit your return after the original deadline but before the extended deadline, you can file a superseded return that completely replaces your initial filing. This is fundamentally different from an amended return because it counts as your original return, giving you access to special elections and deductions that aren't available on amendments.</p><p><strong>Strategic extensions protect you from costly errors.</strong> Filing early with incomplete information (missing 1099s, unclosed bank accounts, partial expense records) often costs more than waiting. Rushing to file by April 15 and then amending later means paying for two tax preparations, waiting months (sometimes over a year) for IRS processing, and potentially triggering additional penalties for substantial understatement of income.</p><p><strong>Extensions give you access to your wage and income transcript.</strong> By June or July, the IRS releases your wage and income transcript showing all 1099s and W-2s reported under your Social Security number. For creative professionals who may receive 10-15 different 1099s throughout the year, this verification step can prevent mismatches that trigger IRS notices.</p><p><strong>E-file shuts down from Thanksgiving through late January.</strong> If you're planning to file during the extension period, be aware that electronic filing closes around Thanksgiving and doesn't reopen until late January. Filing by mail is still possible, and your postmark date stops penalties and interest—but plan accordingly to avoid this gap.</p><p><strong>Overpaying is safer than underpaying in high-interest environments.</strong> With current IRS interest rates at 7-11%, it's financially smarter to overpay your estimated taxes than to underpay and face penalties. This is a reversal from pre-COVID times when interest rates were around 2% and keeping money in high-yield savings made more sense.</p><p><strong>Extensions don't increase audit risk—incomplete returns do.</strong> There's no evidence that filing an extension increases your chances of being audited. What does trigger audits is filing incomplete or inaccurate returns. Taking the time to file correctly the first time is far safer than rushing and making errors.</p><p><b>FAQ - Common Questions</b></p><p><strong>Q: What's the difference between a tax extension and an amended return?</strong></p><p>A: A tax extension delays your filing deadline by six months but requires you to still pay any taxes owed by the original deadline. An amended return (Form 1040-X) is filed after you've already submitted your original return and need to make corrections. Amended returns have limitations—certain elections and deductions can only be claimed on original returns, not amendments. The IRS also has to review and approve your amended return, which can take a year or more to process.</p><p><strong>Q: What is a superseded return and when would I use one?</strong></p><p>A: A superseded return is a second original return that completely replaces your first filing. You can only file a superseded return if you requested an extension and file it after the original deadline but before the extended deadline. For example, if you file on April 16th and later discover errors or receive new tax documents, you can file a superseded return anytime before October 15th. This gives you access to special elections and tax strat...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><b>Tax Extensions and Superseded Returns: The Strategic Tools Most Entrepreneurs Miss</b></p><p><br></p><p>Tax extensions can feel like admitting defeat—a sign you're behind, disorganized, or inviting IRS scrutiny. But the truth is far different: filing a tax extension is a strategic decision that can save you thousands in penalties, give you time for accuracy, and even unlock special tax-saving opportunities most people never access. In this episode, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down exactly what tax extensions are, how they actually work, and why so many entrepreneurs misunderstand their purpose. You'll learn the critical difference between filing deadlines and payment deadlines, discover when state and federal rules diverge, and understand superseded returns—a powerful "undo button" that lets you file a corrected original return instead of dealing with the limitations of amendments. If you're self-employed, a freelancer, or running a creative business with multiple 1099s and complex income streams, this episode will transform how you think about tax deadlines and give you concrete strategies to file smarter, not faster.</p><p><b>Hosts</b></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong> – Tax strategist specializing in tax optimization for creative professionals, entrepreneurs, and small business owners. With years of experience helping clients navigate complex tax situations, Anastasia focuses on proactive strategies that reduce liability while maintaining full compliance.</p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong> – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert dedicated to making business finances accessible and manageable for independent contractors, freelancers, and creative entrepreneurs. Myiesha specializes in audit-ready systems and helping business owners understand their financial obligations.</p><p><b>What You'll Learn</b></p><ul><li>What is a tax extension really, and what critical element does it NOT extend that catches most people off guard?</li><li>How can filing a tax extension strategically save you money instead of costing you more in penalties?</li><li>What's the difference between superseded returns and amended returns, and when does each one matter for your business?</li><li>When should you wait for an extension instead of rushing to file if you're missing key tax documents like 1099s?</li><li>Why do experienced accountants automatically file extensions for their clients, and is that actually in your best interest?</li><li>Which states require separate extension filings beyond the federal extension, and how do you avoid getting caught?</li></ul><p><b>Timestamps</b></p><p>00:00 – Introduction: Why tax extensions are strategy, not procrastination</p><p>01:00 – What tax extensions actually cover (and the payment deadline trap)</p><p>04:00 – Natural disaster relief, COVID extensions, and when payment deadlines truly extend</p><p>06:00 – Strategic uses of extensions: Buying time for accuracy and tax planning</p><p>08:00 – Missing 1099s and W-2s: When waiting beats rushing your tax return</p><p>11:00 – E-file shutdown periods and statute of limitations you need to know</p><p>12:15 – Superseded returns explained: Your second chance at an original filing</p><p>14:00 – Special elections and deductions only available on original returns</p><p>16:00 – Why the IRS can reject amended returns (and how superseded returns avoid this)</p><p>18:00 – Real-world scenarios when superseded returns save you from expensive mistakes</p><p>20:40 – Practical extension strategies for creative professionals and freelancers</p><p>22:45 – Final guidance: Using extensions correctly in your tax planning</p><p><b>Key Takeaways</b></p><p><strong>Extensions only extend filing deadlines, not payment deadlines.</strong> When you file for an extension, you get six additional months to submit your tax return (moving individual returns from April 15 to October 15, and partnerships/S-corps from March 15 to September 15). However, any taxes owed are still due by the original deadline, or you'll face penalties and interest—potentially up to 25% in late penalties plus interest rates of 7-11%.</p><p><strong>State and federal extensions are completely separate.</strong> The IRS extension doesn't automatically cover state tax obligations. States like New York and California require separate extension filings. Some states will accept the federal extension automatically, but many won't—verify your state's specific requirements to avoid unexpected penalties.</p><p><strong>Superseded returns are your "second chance" at an original filing.</strong> If you file an extension and then submit your return after the original deadline but before the extended deadline, you can file a superseded return that completely replaces your initial filing. This is fundamentally different from an amended return because it counts as your original return, giving you access to special elections and deductions that aren't available on amendments.</p><p><strong>Strategic extensions protect you from costly errors.</strong> Filing early with incomplete information (missing 1099s, unclosed bank accounts, partial expense records) often costs more than waiting. Rushing to file by April 15 and then amending later means paying for two tax preparations, waiting months (sometimes over a year) for IRS processing, and potentially triggering additional penalties for substantial understatement of income.</p><p><strong>Extensions give you access to your wage and income transcript.</strong> By June or July, the IRS releases your wage and income transcript showing all 1099s and W-2s reported under your Social Security number. For creative professionals who may receive 10-15 different 1099s throughout the year, this verification step can prevent mismatches that trigger IRS notices.</p><p><strong>E-file shuts down from Thanksgiving through late January.</strong> If you're planning to file during the extension period, be aware that electronic filing closes around Thanksgiving and doesn't reopen until late January. Filing by mail is still possible, and your postmark date stops penalties and interest—but plan accordingly to avoid this gap.</p><p><strong>Overpaying is safer than underpaying in high-interest environments.</strong> With current IRS interest rates at 7-11%, it's financially smarter to overpay your estimated taxes than to underpay and face penalties. This is a reversal from pre-COVID times when interest rates were around 2% and keeping money in high-yield savings made more sense.</p><p><strong>Extensions don't increase audit risk—incomplete returns do.</strong> There's no evidence that filing an extension increases your chances of being audited. What does trigger audits is filing incomplete or inaccurate returns. Taking the time to file correctly the first time is far safer than rushing and making errors.</p><p><b>FAQ - Common Questions</b></p><p><strong>Q: What's the difference between a tax extension and an amended return?</strong></p><p>A: A tax extension delays your filing deadline by six months but requires you to still pay any taxes owed by the original deadline. An amended return (Form 1040-X) is filed after you've already submitted your original return and need to make corrections. Amended returns have limitations—certain elections and deductions can only be claimed on original returns, not amendments. The IRS also has to review and approve your amended return, which can take a year or more to process.</p><p><strong>Q: What is a superseded return and when would I use one?</strong></p><p>A: A superseded return is a second original return that completely replaces your first filing. You can only file a superseded return if you requested an extension and file it after the original deadline but before the extended deadline. For example, if you file on April 16th and later discover errors or receive new tax documents, you can file a superseded return anytime before October 15th. This gives you access to special elections and tax strat...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 11:00:37 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0894e249/bd1eb49c.mp3" length="55993419" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/jdOxy0tPMnt5FgA9FZ8JlYJE2_jvz283kCqOZqfXLAM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kNGRj/M2E1MzMxOGNkNzgx/NTMyZmViMzg0NTYz/NjA2YS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1400</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Tax Extensions and Superseded Returns: The Strategic Tools Most Entrepreneurs Miss

Tax extensions can feel like admitting defeat—a sign you're behind, disorganized, or inviting IRS scrutiny. But the truth is far different: filing a tax extension is a strategic decision that can save you thousands in penalties, give you time for accuracy, and even unlock special tax-saving opportunities most people never access. In this episode, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher break down exactly what tax extensions are, how they actually work, and why so many entrepreneurs misunderstand their purpose. You'll learn the critical difference between filing deadlines and payment deadlines, discover when state and federal rules diverge, and understand superseded returns—a powerful "undo button" that lets you file a corrected original return instead of dealing with the limitations of amendments. If you're self-employed, a freelancer, or running a creative business with multiple 1099s and complex income streams, this episode will transform how you think about tax deadlines and give you concrete strategies to file smarter, not faster.

Hosts
Anastasia Aiello, CPA – Tax strategist specializing in tax optimization for creative professionals, entrepreneurs, and small business owners. With years of experience helping clients navigate complex tax situations, Anastasia focuses on proactive strategies that reduce liability while maintaining full compliance.

Myiesha Fisher – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert dedicated to making business finances accessible and manageable for independent contractors, freelancers, and creative entrepreneurs. Myiesha specializes in audit-ready systems and helping business owners understand their financial obligations.

What You'll Learn
What is a tax extension really, and what critical element does it NOT extend that catches most people off guard?
How can filing a tax extension strategically save you money instead of costing you more in penalties?
What's the difference between superseded returns and amended returns, and when does each one matter for your business?
When should you wait for an extension instead of rushing to file if you're missing key tax documents like 1099s?
Why do experienced accountants automatically file extensions for their clients, and is that actually in your best interest?
Which states require separate extension filings beyond the federal extension, and how do you avoid getting caught?
Timestamps
00:00 – Introduction: Why tax extensions are strategy, not procrastination

01:00 – What tax extensions actually cover (and the payment deadline trap)

04:00 – Natural disaster relief, COVID extensions, and when payment deadlines truly extend

06:00 – Strategic uses of extensions: Buying time for accuracy and tax planning

08:00 – Missing 1099s and W-2s: When waiting beats rushing your tax return

11:00 – E-file shutdown periods and statute of limitations you need to know

12:15 – Superseded returns explained: Your second chance at an original filing

14:00 – Special elections and deductions only available on original returns

16:00 – Why the IRS can reject amended returns (and how superseded returns avoid this)

18:00 – Real-world scenarios when superseded returns save you from expensive mistakes

20:40 – Practical extension strategies for creative professionals and freelancers

22:45 – Final guidance: Using extensions correctly in your tax planning

Key Takeaways
Extensions only extend filing deadlines, not payment deadlines. When you file for an extension, you get six additional months to submit your tax return (moving individual returns from April 15 to October 15, and partnerships/S-corps from March 15 to September 15). However, any taxes owed are still due by the original deadline, or you'll face penalties and interest—potentially up to 25% in late penalties plus interest rates of 7-11%.

State and federal extensions are completely separate. The IRS extension doesn't automatically cover state tax obligations. States like New York and California require separate extension filings. Some states will accept the federal extension automatically, but many won't—verify your state's specific requirements to avoid unexpected penalties.

Superseded returns are your "second chance" at an original filing. If you file an extension and then submit your return after the original deadline but before the extended deadline, you can file a superseded return that completely replaces your initial filing. This is fundamentally different from an amended return because it counts as your original return, giving you access to special elections and deductions that aren't available on amendments.

Strategic extensions protect you from costly errors. Filing early with incomplete information (missing 1099s, unclosed bank accounts, partial expense records) often costs more than waiting. Rushing to file by April 15 and then amending later means paying for two tax preparations, waiting months (sometimes over a...</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Tax Extensions and Superseded Returns: The Strategic Tools Most Entrepreneurs Miss

Tax extensions can feel like admitting defeat—a sign you're behind, disorganized, or inviting IRS scrutiny. But the truth is far different: filing a tax extension is a str</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0894e249/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP23 - 1099-K Threshold Changes After OBBA What Creators Need to Know NOW</title>
      <itunes:title>EP23 - 1099-K Threshold Changes After OBBA What Creators Need to Know NOW</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">41e9bcc2-1922-4e94-b2c2-198c985907c4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec992f59</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><b><strong>The New 1099-K Rules Explained: What Creators Need to Know to Stay Compliant</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>The <strong>1099-K rules</strong> have officially changed again, and while the feared $600 reporting threshold is gone, confusion is still everywhere. Creators, freelancers, and small business owners are left wondering whether Venmo, PayPal, Stripe, Shopify, or Airbnb income will trigger IRS scrutiny—and what they’re supposed to do next. In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher cut through the noise and explain exactly how the new 1099-K rules work, who they apply to, and why misunderstanding them can still lead to IRS notices, penalties, or unnecessary stress.</p><p>This matters because the IRS doesn’t guess. It matches what payment processors report against what you file. When those numbers don’t line up, automated notices go out—even if you didn’t do anything wrong. For creators and entrepreneurs juggling multiple platforms, mixed personal and business payments, or inconsistent bookkeeping, the risk isn’t fraud—it’s mismatched data.</p><p>In this episode, you’ll learn how the updated $20,000 and 200-transaction threshold actually works, the critical difference between a 1099-K and a 1099-NEC, and why your reported income often looks higher than what hits your bank account. Anastasia and Myiesha also explain how state rules can differ from federal rules, when you must report income even without receiving a 1099-K, and the simple systems creators can set up now to stay audit-ready and compliant.</p><p><b><strong>Hosts</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong> – Tax strategist specializing in small business owners, creatives, and entrepreneurs. With 12+ years of experience, Anastasia helps clients reduce tax liability while staying fully compliant through proactive planning.</p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong> – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on helping freelancers, independent contractors, and creators understand their numbers. Myiesha specializes in clean, audit-ready systems that prevent IRS headaches.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>What is the new 1099-K threshold, and who does it actually affect?</strong></li><li><strong>How is a 1099-K different from a 1099-NEC, and when do you receive each?</strong></li><li><strong>Why does your 1099-K show more income than your bank deposits?</strong></li><li><strong>When do you still have to report income even if you don’t receive a 1099-K?</strong></li><li><strong>How do federal and state 1099-K rules differ for creators and small businesses?</strong></li><li><strong>Which systems help you stay audit-ready and avoid IRS notices?</strong></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Timestamps</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>00:00</strong> – Introduction: Why the 1099-K rules changed again</li><li><strong>00:35</strong> – The $600 threshold panic explained</li><li><strong>03:45</strong> – Who the $20,000 + 200 transactions rule impacts</li><li><strong>07:08</strong> – 1099-K vs 1099-NEC: Key differences creators must know</li><li><strong>09:13</strong> – Why reported income doesn’t match bank deposits</li><li><strong>11:24</strong> – Federal vs state 1099-K compliance rules</li><li><strong>15:46</strong> – Common reporting mistakes that trigger IRS notices</li><li><strong>22:37</strong> – How to prepare now for the next tax season</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Key Takeaways</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Understand what the 1099-K actually reports.</strong> Payment processors report gross transaction amounts, not what hits your bank after fees, which is why mismatches happen.</li><li><strong>Report income even without a 1099-K.</strong> Income over $400 must still be reported, regardless of whether a form is issued.</li><li><strong>Separate personal and business finances.</strong> Mixing accounts increases audit risk and creates unnecessary reporting complications.</li><li><strong>Match IRS data before filing.</strong> Comparing your records to reported forms prevents automated notices later.</li><li><strong>State rules may differ from federal rules.</strong> Some states don’t conform to federal thresholds and may still issue forms.</li><li><strong>Fees are deductible, but must be tracked.</strong> Merchant processing fees offset reported income when handled correctly.</li><li><strong>Clean systems save money.</strong> Preventing errors is far cheaper than fixing them after IRS notices arrive.</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>FAQ – Common Questions</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What is the new 1099-K threshold for creators?</strong></p><p>A: The federal 1099-K threshold is now $20,000 and 200 transactions. Both conditions must be met before a payment processor issues the form, though state rules may differ.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Do I still have to report income if I don’t receive a 1099-K?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Any business income over $400 must be reported, even if no 1099-K or 1099-NEC is issued.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Why does my 1099-K show more income than my bank deposits?</strong></p><p>A: The form reports gross transactions before processing fees. Fees must be deducted separately on your return.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What’s the difference between a 1099-K and a 1099-NEC?</strong></p><p>A: A 1099-K comes from payment processors, while a 1099-NEC reports direct payments for services. They serve different purposes but both must be reconciled.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Can states still issue 1099-Ks even if federal rules changed?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Some states don’t automatically conform to federal rules and may still issue forms under different thresholds.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What’s the best way to avoid IRS notices related to 1099-Ks?</strong></p><p>A: Keep business accounts separate, reconcile reported income to your records, and verify all processor accounts use the correct tax ID.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>🎧 Listen Everywhere:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>📊 Coterie Tax Resources:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Questions about 1099-K rules? Submit here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Listen to more episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Ready to optimize your taxes? Work with Coterie: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><b><strong>The New 1099-K Rules Explained: What Creators Need to Know to Stay Compliant</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>The <strong>1099-K rules</strong> have officially changed again, and while the feared $600 reporting threshold is gone, confusion is still everywhere. Creators, freelancers, and small business owners are left wondering whether Venmo, PayPal, Stripe, Shopify, or Airbnb income will trigger IRS scrutiny—and what they’re supposed to do next. In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher cut through the noise and explain exactly how the new 1099-K rules work, who they apply to, and why misunderstanding them can still lead to IRS notices, penalties, or unnecessary stress.</p><p>This matters because the IRS doesn’t guess. It matches what payment processors report against what you file. When those numbers don’t line up, automated notices go out—even if you didn’t do anything wrong. For creators and entrepreneurs juggling multiple platforms, mixed personal and business payments, or inconsistent bookkeeping, the risk isn’t fraud—it’s mismatched data.</p><p>In this episode, you’ll learn how the updated $20,000 and 200-transaction threshold actually works, the critical difference between a 1099-K and a 1099-NEC, and why your reported income often looks higher than what hits your bank account. Anastasia and Myiesha also explain how state rules can differ from federal rules, when you must report income even without receiving a 1099-K, and the simple systems creators can set up now to stay audit-ready and compliant.</p><p><b><strong>Hosts</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Anastasia Aiello, CPA</strong> – Tax strategist specializing in small business owners, creatives, and entrepreneurs. With 12+ years of experience, Anastasia helps clients reduce tax liability while staying fully compliant through proactive planning.</p><p><strong>Myiesha Fisher</strong> – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on helping freelancers, independent contractors, and creators understand their numbers. Myiesha specializes in clean, audit-ready systems that prevent IRS headaches.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>What is the new 1099-K threshold, and who does it actually affect?</strong></li><li><strong>How is a 1099-K different from a 1099-NEC, and when do you receive each?</strong></li><li><strong>Why does your 1099-K show more income than your bank deposits?</strong></li><li><strong>When do you still have to report income even if you don’t receive a 1099-K?</strong></li><li><strong>How do federal and state 1099-K rules differ for creators and small businesses?</strong></li><li><strong>Which systems help you stay audit-ready and avoid IRS notices?</strong></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Timestamps</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>00:00</strong> – Introduction: Why the 1099-K rules changed again</li><li><strong>00:35</strong> – The $600 threshold panic explained</li><li><strong>03:45</strong> – Who the $20,000 + 200 transactions rule impacts</li><li><strong>07:08</strong> – 1099-K vs 1099-NEC: Key differences creators must know</li><li><strong>09:13</strong> – Why reported income doesn’t match bank deposits</li><li><strong>11:24</strong> – Federal vs state 1099-K compliance rules</li><li><strong>15:46</strong> – Common reporting mistakes that trigger IRS notices</li><li><strong>22:37</strong> – How to prepare now for the next tax season</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>Key Takeaways</strong></b></p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Understand what the 1099-K actually reports.</strong> Payment processors report gross transaction amounts, not what hits your bank after fees, which is why mismatches happen.</li><li><strong>Report income even without a 1099-K.</strong> Income over $400 must still be reported, regardless of whether a form is issued.</li><li><strong>Separate personal and business finances.</strong> Mixing accounts increases audit risk and creates unnecessary reporting complications.</li><li><strong>Match IRS data before filing.</strong> Comparing your records to reported forms prevents automated notices later.</li><li><strong>State rules may differ from federal rules.</strong> Some states don’t conform to federal thresholds and may still issue forms.</li><li><strong>Fees are deductible, but must be tracked.</strong> Merchant processing fees offset reported income when handled correctly.</li><li><strong>Clean systems save money.</strong> Preventing errors is far cheaper than fixing them after IRS notices arrive.</li></ul><p><br></p><p><b><strong>FAQ – Common Questions</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What is the new 1099-K threshold for creators?</strong></p><p>A: The federal 1099-K threshold is now $20,000 and 200 transactions. Both conditions must be met before a payment processor issues the form, though state rules may differ.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Do I still have to report income if I don’t receive a 1099-K?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Any business income over $400 must be reported, even if no 1099-K or 1099-NEC is issued.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Why does my 1099-K show more income than my bank deposits?</strong></p><p>A: The form reports gross transactions before processing fees. Fees must be deducted separately on your return.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What’s the difference between a 1099-K and a 1099-NEC?</strong></p><p>A: A 1099-K comes from payment processors, while a 1099-NEC reports direct payments for services. They serve different purposes but both must be reconciled.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: Can states still issue 1099-Ks even if federal rules changed?</strong></p><p>A: Yes. Some states don’t automatically conform to federal rules and may still issue forms under different thresholds.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Q: What’s the best way to avoid IRS notices related to 1099-Ks?</strong></p><p>A: Keep business accounts separate, reconcile reported income to your records, and verify all processor accounts use the correct tax ID.</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>🎧 Listen Everywhere:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p><br></p><p><b><strong>📊 Coterie Tax Resources:</strong></b></p><p><br></p><p>Questions about 1099-K rules? Submit here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>Listen to more episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>Ready to optimize your taxes? Work with Coterie: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2026 11:00:16 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ec992f59/196a4a14.mp3" length="62724961" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/3wfKGBswd06Bg3_x5-1SHNHVbtlQPmvwgQcfuMM2wOk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85YTNh/ZWIxODlkM2ZhZGQw/MjlkY2U1MjIwZjg3/NTFkOS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1569</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The New 1099-K Rules Explained: What Creators Need to Know to Stay Compliant
The 1099-K rules have officially changed again, and while the feared $600 reporting threshold is gone, confusion is still everywhere. Creators, freelancers, and small business owners are left wondering whether Venmo, PayPal, Stripe, Shopify, or Airbnb income will trigger IRS scrutiny—and what they’re supposed to do next. In this episode of Let’s Get Fiscal, Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher cut through the noise and explain exactly how the new 1099-K rules work, who they apply to, and why misunderstanding them can still lead to IRS notices, penalties, or unnecessary stress.

This matters because the IRS doesn’t guess. It matches what payment processors report against what you file. When those numbers don’t line up, automated notices go out—even if you didn’t do anything wrong. For creators and entrepreneurs juggling multiple platforms, mixed personal and business payments, or inconsistent bookkeeping, the risk isn’t fraud—it’s mismatched data.

In this episode, you’ll learn how the updated $20,000 and 200-transaction threshold actually works, the critical difference between a 1099-K and a 1099-NEC, and why your reported income often looks higher than what hits your bank account. Anastasia and Myiesha also explain how state rules can differ from federal rules, when you must report income even without receiving a 1099-K, and the simple systems creators can set up now to stay audit-ready and compliant.

Hosts


Anastasia Aiello, CPA – Tax strategist specializing in small business owners, creatives, and entrepreneurs. With 12+ years of experience, Anastasia helps clients reduce tax liability while staying fully compliant through proactive planning.

Myiesha Fisher – Bookkeeping and tax compliance expert focused on helping freelancers, independent contractors, and creators understand their numbers. Myiesha specializes in clean, audit-ready systems that prevent IRS headaches.



What You’ll Learn


What is the new 1099-K threshold, and who does it actually affect?
How is a 1099-K different from a 1099-NEC, and when do you receive each?
Why does your 1099-K show more income than your bank deposits?
When do you still have to report income even if you don’t receive a 1099-K?
How do federal and state 1099-K rules differ for creators and small businesses?
Which systems help you stay audit-ready and avoid IRS notices?




Timestamps


00:00 – Introduction: Why the 1099-K rules changed again
00:35 – The $600 threshold panic explained
03:45 – Who the $20,000 + 200 transactions rule impacts
07:08 – 1099-K vs 1099-NEC: Key differences creators must know
09:13 – Why reported income doesn’t match bank deposits
11:24 – Federal vs state 1099-K compliance rules
15:46 – Common reporting mistakes that trigger IRS notices
22:37 – How to prepare now for the next tax season


Key Takeaways


Understand what the 1099-K actually reports. Payment processors report gross transaction amounts, not what hits your bank after fees, which is why mismatches happen.
Report income even without a 1099-K. Income over $400 must still be reported, regardless of whether a form is issued.
Separate personal and business finances. Mixing accounts increases audit risk and creates unnecessary reporting complications.
Match IRS data before filing. Comparing your records to reported forms prevents automated notices later.
State rules may differ from federal rules. Some states don’t conform to federal thresholds and may still issue forms.
Fees are deductible, but must be tracked. Merchant processing fees offset reported income when handled correctly.
Clean systems save money. Preventing errors is far cheaper than fixing them after IRS notices arrive.


FAQ – Common Questions


Q: What is the new 1099-K threshold for creators?

A: The federal 1099-K threshold is now $20,000 and 200 transactions. Both conditions must be met before a payment processor issues the form, though state rules may differ.



Q: Do I still have to report income if I don’t receive a 1099-K?

A: Yes. Any business income over $400 must be reported, even if no 1099-K or 1099-NEC is issued.



Q: Why does my 1099-K show more income than my bank deposits?

A: The form reports gross transactions before processing fees. Fees must be deducted separately on your return.



Q: What’s the difference between a 1099-K and a 1099-NEC?

A: A 1099-K comes from payment processors, while a 1099-NEC reports direct payments for services. They serve different purposes but both must be reconciled.



Q: Can states still issue 1099-Ks even if federal rules changed?

A: Yes. Some states don’t automatically conform to federal rules and may still issue forms under different thresholds.



Q: What’s the best way to avoid IRS notices related to 1099-Ks?

A: Keep business accounts separate, reconcile reported income to your records, and verify all processor accounts use the correct tax ID.



🎧 Listen Everywhere:


Apple Podcasts: htt...</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The New 1099-K Rules Explained: What Creators Need to Know to Stay Compliant
The 1099-K rules have officially changed again, and while the feared $600 reporting threshold is gone, confusion is still everywhere. Creators, freelancers, and small business ow</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec992f59/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP22 - The Home Studio Tax Deduction</title>
      <itunes:title>EP22 - The Home Studio Tax Deduction</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">58853f99-3cf1-4314-90b8-3cc831724790</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/69e3df03</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mastering the Home Office Deduction: Key Rules and Common Pitfalls</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding the home office deduction. The hosts explain what qualifies as a home office, common mistakes that trigger IRS audits, and how to accurately calculate the deduction. They emphasize the importance of the workspace being the primary place of business and used exclusively for work. The episode also covers how to handle deductions for rent versus ownership, and the importance of precise square footage calculations and expense tracking. Whether you're a content creator or running a home-based business, this episode will guide you through the nuances of claiming a home office deduction confidently.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Home Office Deductions</p><p>00:35 Understanding Home Office Qualifications</p><p>01:15 Exclusive Use and Principal Place of Business</p><p>03:13 Square Footage and Simplified Method</p><p>08:24 Renting vs. Owning: Deduction Differences</p><p>14:20 Audit Precautions and Common Mistakes</p><p>18:54 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p><br></p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p><br></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Reach out at https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mastering the Home Office Deduction: Key Rules and Common Pitfalls</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding the home office deduction. The hosts explain what qualifies as a home office, common mistakes that trigger IRS audits, and how to accurately calculate the deduction. They emphasize the importance of the workspace being the primary place of business and used exclusively for work. The episode also covers how to handle deductions for rent versus ownership, and the importance of precise square footage calculations and expense tracking. Whether you're a content creator or running a home-based business, this episode will guide you through the nuances of claiming a home office deduction confidently.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Home Office Deductions</p><p>00:35 Understanding Home Office Qualifications</p><p>01:15 Exclusive Use and Principal Place of Business</p><p>03:13 Square Footage and Simplified Method</p><p>08:24 Renting vs. Owning: Deduction Differences</p><p>14:20 Audit Precautions and Common Mistakes</p><p>18:54 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p><br></p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p><br></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Reach out at https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 11:00:36 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/69e3df03/6bf46d33.mp3" length="46886844" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/02ewFQFfueVHauL6d2SF3dOyeQ1-NYnrf0wPy54AaKo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80OWYy/ZDgyNGU4ODNlMDkx/M2NhMGIxM2UyMmFj/MTRmZC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1173</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Mastering the Home Office Deduction: Key Rules and Common Pitfalls

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding the home office deduction. The hosts explain what qualifies as a home office, common mistakes that trigger IRS audits, and how to accurately calculate the deduction. They emphasize the importance of the workspace being the primary place of business and used exclusively for work. The episode also covers how to handle deductions for rent versus ownership, and the importance of precise square footage calculations and expense tracking. Whether you're a content creator or running a home-based business, this episode will guide you through the nuances of claiming a home office deduction confidently.

00:00 Introduction to Home Office Deductions
00:35 Understanding Home Office Qualifications
01:15 Exclusive Use and Principal Place of Business
03:13 Square Footage and Simplified Method
08:24 Renting vs. Owning: Deduction Differences
14:20 Audit Precautions and Common Mistakes
18:54 Conclusion and Final Tips

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast 

📬 Got a question for the show?
Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?
Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?
Reach out at https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Mastering the Home Office Deduction: Key Rules and Common Pitfalls

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding the home office deduction. The hosts explain what qualifies a</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/69e3df03/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP21 - Equipment Depreciation Vs Section 179</title>
      <itunes:title>EP21 - Equipment Depreciation Vs Section 179</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">df1c24b6-6098-4096-819a-d34e8cb174eb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/207f0f18</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Maximizing Tax Savings through Smart Depreciation Strategies</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle of Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding depreciation and its impact on tax savings for creative business owners. The hosts explain different methods of depreciation, including safe harbor elections, Section 179, and bonus depreciation, and how these can affect taxable income and cash flow. They also discuss the nuances of depreciating high-cost items, timing of purchases, and the interplay between personal and business use of equipment. The episode provides valuable insights into optimizing depreciation strategies to maximize financial benefits and ensure compliance with tax regulations.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Smart Tax Deductions</p><p>00:11 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal</p><p>00:32 Understanding Depreciation</p><p>01:38 Safe Harbor Election Explained</p><p>08:50 Section 179 and Bonus Depreciation</p><p>12:07 Understanding Section 179 and Bonus Depreciation</p><p>12:32 Impact of Depreciation on Business Income</p><p>13:57 Strategic Use of Depreciation for Business Growth</p><p>17:20 Personal vs. Business Use of Equipment</p><p>20:17 Timing and Depreciation Rules</p><p>22:18 End-of-Year Tax Strategies for Creators</p><p>24:27 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p><br></p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p><br></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Reach out at https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Maximizing Tax Savings through Smart Depreciation Strategies</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle of Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding depreciation and its impact on tax savings for creative business owners. The hosts explain different methods of depreciation, including safe harbor elections, Section 179, and bonus depreciation, and how these can affect taxable income and cash flow. They also discuss the nuances of depreciating high-cost items, timing of purchases, and the interplay between personal and business use of equipment. The episode provides valuable insights into optimizing depreciation strategies to maximize financial benefits and ensure compliance with tax regulations.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Smart Tax Deductions</p><p>00:11 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal</p><p>00:32 Understanding Depreciation</p><p>01:38 Safe Harbor Election Explained</p><p>08:50 Section 179 and Bonus Depreciation</p><p>12:07 Understanding Section 179 and Bonus Depreciation</p><p>12:32 Impact of Depreciation on Business Income</p><p>13:57 Strategic Use of Depreciation for Business Growth</p><p>17:20 Personal vs. Business Use of Equipment</p><p>20:17 Timing and Depreciation Rules</p><p>22:18 End-of-Year Tax Strategies for Creators</p><p>24:27 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p><br></p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p><br></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p><br></p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Reach out at https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 11:00:41 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/207f0f18/650e6926.mp3" length="59710532" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/q2y-Km2-O8DUtwh5O2JHjBnK4RGgd8q6FuRyjSYzbIQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84ZGU0/YTFmOTY3OWMzOTll/MmMwNDlhZmQ1ODQx/NGUwYS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1493</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Maximizing Tax Savings through Smart Depreciation Strategies

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle of Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding depreciation and its impact on tax savings for creative business owners. The hosts explain different methods of depreciation, including safe harbor elections, Section 179, and bonus depreciation, and how these can affect taxable income and cash flow. They also discuss the nuances of depreciating high-cost items, timing of purchases, and the interplay between personal and business use of equipment. The episode provides valuable insights into optimizing depreciation strategies to maximize financial benefits and ensure compliance with tax regulations.

00:00 Introduction to Smart Tax Deductions

00:11 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal

00:32 Understanding Depreciation

01:38 Safe Harbor Election Explained

08:50 Section 179 and Bonus Depreciation

12:07 Understanding Section 179 and Bonus Depreciation

12:32 Impact of Depreciation on Business Income

13:57 Strategic Use of Depreciation for Business Growth

17:20 Personal vs. Business Use of Equipment

20:17 Timing and Depreciation Rules

22:18 End-of-Year Tax Strategies for Creators

24:27 Conclusion and Final Thoughts



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast 

📬 Got a question for the show?
Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?
Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?
Reach out at https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Maximizing Tax Savings through Smart Depreciation Strategies

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle of Coterie Tax, the focus is on understanding depreciation and its impact on tax savings for creative business owne</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/207f0f18/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP20 - The Great S Corp Clean-Up 5 Things To Fix Before Filing</title>
      <itunes:title>EP20 - The Great S Corp Clean-Up 5 Things To Fix Before Filing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">842cf558-d3d3-47a8-86c6-6e406776a6c5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/38872e4b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP20 - The Great S Corp Clean-Up: 5 Things To Fix Before Filing</p><p><br></p><p>Essential S Corporation Cleanup Tasks for Tax Season Success</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the critical cleanup items every S Corporation owner needs to address before filing taxes. They discuss the five key areas that can cause major delays and complications if not properly handled: bank reconciliation, expense categorization, payroll processing, accountable plan documentation, and overall financial accuracy. The hosts emphasize how these issues, if left unresolved, can lead to filing extensions and unexpected tax liabilities. They provide practical guidance on identifying and fixing common bookkeeping errors, the importance of early preparation, and when to seek professional help. The episode aims to help creative business owners avoid the costly pitfalls of poor financial record-keeping and ensure a smooth tax filing process.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to S Corp Tax Preparation</p><p>00:40 The Busy Season Reality Check</p><p>01:03 Common Issues That Delay Tax Filing</p><p>01:58 The CPA's Financial Review Process</p><p>02:51 Understanding Audit Readiness</p><p>03:33 Tax Payment Deadlines and Extensions</p><p>04:20 Essential Item #1: Complete Transaction Records</p><p>04:43 The Importance of Bank Reconciliation</p><p>05:46 Common Bank Feed Issues</p><p>07:04 Double Income Recording Pitfalls</p><p>08:01 Essential Item #2: Proper Expense Categorization</p><p>10:15 Avoiding the "Ask My Accountant" Trap</p><p>11:21 Essential Item #3: Payroll Processing for S Corps</p><p>13:31 Understanding Officer Compensation Requirements</p><p>15:01 Essential Item #4: Accountable Plan Documentation</p><p>17:07 Tracking Personal Expenses Paid for Business</p><p>18:44 Essential Item #5: Financial Accuracy Verification</p><p>20:38 The Payroll Triangle Check</p><p>23:25 Getting Professional Help Early</p><p>24:36 Year-End Action Items</p><p>25:06 Overcoming Financial Vulnerability</p><p>27:01 Breaking the Tax Payment Hamster Wheel</p><p>28:30 When to Seek Professional Assistance</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p><br></p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p><br></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP20 - The Great S Corp Clean-Up: 5 Things To Fix Before Filing</p><p><br></p><p>Essential S Corporation Cleanup Tasks for Tax Season Success</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the critical cleanup items every S Corporation owner needs to address before filing taxes. They discuss the five key areas that can cause major delays and complications if not properly handled: bank reconciliation, expense categorization, payroll processing, accountable plan documentation, and overall financial accuracy. The hosts emphasize how these issues, if left unresolved, can lead to filing extensions and unexpected tax liabilities. They provide practical guidance on identifying and fixing common bookkeeping errors, the importance of early preparation, and when to seek professional help. The episode aims to help creative business owners avoid the costly pitfalls of poor financial record-keeping and ensure a smooth tax filing process.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to S Corp Tax Preparation</p><p>00:40 The Busy Season Reality Check</p><p>01:03 Common Issues That Delay Tax Filing</p><p>01:58 The CPA's Financial Review Process</p><p>02:51 Understanding Audit Readiness</p><p>03:33 Tax Payment Deadlines and Extensions</p><p>04:20 Essential Item #1: Complete Transaction Records</p><p>04:43 The Importance of Bank Reconciliation</p><p>05:46 Common Bank Feed Issues</p><p>07:04 Double Income Recording Pitfalls</p><p>08:01 Essential Item #2: Proper Expense Categorization</p><p>10:15 Avoiding the "Ask My Accountant" Trap</p><p>11:21 Essential Item #3: Payroll Processing for S Corps</p><p>13:31 Understanding Officer Compensation Requirements</p><p>15:01 Essential Item #4: Accountable Plan Documentation</p><p>17:07 Tracking Personal Expenses Paid for Business</p><p>18:44 Essential Item #5: Financial Accuracy Verification</p><p>20:38 The Payroll Triangle Check</p><p>23:25 Getting Professional Help Early</p><p>24:36 Year-End Action Items</p><p>25:06 Overcoming Financial Vulnerability</p><p>27:01 Breaking the Tax Payment Hamster Wheel</p><p>28:30 When to Seek Professional Assistance</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p><br></p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p><br></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2025 11:00:35 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/38872e4b/71401a4d.mp3" length="73475043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CURl_vHWCtmsW_JtszqX_2e9IWRZj26g-z6Fq5KNBU0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iODRk/ZDJkZDIxOWFlZmIx/ZTBmYzkxMTFjNWY2/NWUzMS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1837</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP20 - The Great S Corp Clean-Up: 5 Things To Fix Before Filing



Essential S Corporation Cleanup Tasks for Tax Season Success



In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the critical cleanup items every S Corporation owner needs to address before filing taxes. They discuss the five key areas that can cause major delays and complications if not properly handled: bank reconciliation, expense categorization, payroll processing, accountable plan documentation, and overall financial accuracy. The hosts emphasize how these issues, if left unresolved, can lead to filing extensions and unexpected tax liabilities. They provide practical guidance on identifying and fixing common bookkeeping errors, the importance of early preparation, and when to seek professional help. The episode aims to help creative business owners avoid the costly pitfalls of poor financial record-keeping and ensure a smooth tax filing process.



00:00 Introduction to S Corp Tax Preparation

00:40 The Busy Season Reality Check

01:03 Common Issues That Delay Tax Filing

01:58 The CPA's Financial Review Process

02:51 Understanding Audit Readiness

03:33 Tax Payment Deadlines and Extensions

04:20 Essential Item #1: Complete Transaction Records

04:43 The Importance of Bank Reconciliation

05:46 Common Bank Feed Issues

07:04 Double Income Recording Pitfalls

08:01 Essential Item #2: Proper Expense Categorization

10:15 Avoiding the "Ask My Accountant" Trap

11:21 Essential Item #3: Payroll Processing for S Corps

13:31 Understanding Officer Compensation Requirements

15:01 Essential Item #4: Accountable Plan Documentation

17:07 Tracking Personal Expenses Paid for Business

18:44 Essential Item #5: Financial Accuracy Verification

20:38 The Payroll Triangle Check

23:25 Getting Professional Help Early

24:36 Year-End Action Items

25:06 Overcoming Financial Vulnerability

27:01 Breaking the Tax Payment Hamster Wheel

28:30 When to Seek Professional Assistance



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast 



📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa



🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP20 - The Great S Corp Clean-Up: 5 Things To Fix Before Filing



Essential S Corporation Cleanup Tasks for Tax Season Success



In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Aiello and Myiesha Fisher from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the cri</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/38872e4b/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP19 - Countdown To Filing - Year End Tech and Tax Prep For Creatives</title>
      <itunes:title>EP19 - Countdown To Filing - Year End Tech and Tax Prep For Creatives</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6341df8f-3a0e-4a4e-996a-6921f2a0034d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/80be6511</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP19 - Countdown To Filing - Year End Tech and Tax Prep For Creatives</p><p><br></p><p>Essential Tech Tools for Creative Business Tax Efficiency</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coie Tax, the focus is on the essential tech tools every creative business owner needs for an efficient tax season. They discuss the importance of evaluating and managing subscriptions, accounting software options like QuickBooks, Xero, and Wave, and the benefits of specialized payroll software like Gusto. The hosts also emphasize the necessity of maintaining organized records and being consistent with bookkeeping to ensure compliance and avoid costly errors. They provide practical advice on when to transition bookkeeping tasks to a professional and the value of early preparation. The episode aims to equip business owners with the knowledge to make informed decisions about tech investments, ultimately saving time and money.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Tax Season Essentials</p><p>00:35 Evaluating Business Subscriptions</p><p>02:05 Importance of Record Keeping</p><p>02:30 Choosing the Right Accounting Software</p><p>04:35 Understanding Business Structures and Taxes</p><p>10:56 The Role of Payroll Systems</p><p>13:55 Quarterly Filings and Payroll Services</p><p>14:48 Cost-Effectiveness of Payroll Software</p><p>17:22 Importance of Documentation</p><p>18:51 When to Hire an Accountant</p><p>20:52 Consistency in Bookkeeping</p><p>24:46 Choosing the Right Software</p><p>26:20 Final Thoughts and Recommendations</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP19 - Countdown To Filing - Year End Tech and Tax Prep For Creatives</p><p><br></p><p>Essential Tech Tools for Creative Business Tax Efficiency</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coie Tax, the focus is on the essential tech tools every creative business owner needs for an efficient tax season. They discuss the importance of evaluating and managing subscriptions, accounting software options like QuickBooks, Xero, and Wave, and the benefits of specialized payroll software like Gusto. The hosts also emphasize the necessity of maintaining organized records and being consistent with bookkeeping to ensure compliance and avoid costly errors. They provide practical advice on when to transition bookkeeping tasks to a professional and the value of early preparation. The episode aims to equip business owners with the knowledge to make informed decisions about tech investments, ultimately saving time and money.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Tax Season Essentials</p><p>00:35 Evaluating Business Subscriptions</p><p>02:05 Importance of Record Keeping</p><p>02:30 Choosing the Right Accounting Software</p><p>04:35 Understanding Business Structures and Taxes</p><p>10:56 The Role of Payroll Systems</p><p>13:55 Quarterly Filings and Payroll Services</p><p>14:48 Cost-Effectiveness of Payroll Software</p><p>17:22 Importance of Documentation</p><p>18:51 When to Hire an Accountant</p><p>20:52 Consistency in Bookkeeping</p><p>24:46 Choosing the Right Software</p><p>26:20 Final Thoughts and Recommendations</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 </p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast </p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 11:00:49 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/80be6511/76edd772.mp3" length="64522083" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1613</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP19 - Countdown To Filing - Year End Tech and Tax Prep For Creatives

Essential Tech Tools for Creative Business Tax Efficiency

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coie Tax, the focus is on the essential tech tools every creative business owner needs for an efficient tax season. They discuss the importance of evaluating and managing subscriptions, accounting software options like QuickBooks, Xero, and Wave, and the benefits of specialized payroll software like Gusto. The hosts also emphasize the necessity of maintaining organized records and being consistent with bookkeeping to ensure compliance and avoid costly errors. They provide practical advice on when to transition bookkeeping tasks to a professional and the value of early preparation. The episode aims to equip business owners with the knowledge to make informed decisions about tech investments, ultimately saving time and money.

00:00 Introduction to Tax Season Essentials
00:35 Evaluating Business Subscriptions
02:05 Importance of Record Keeping
02:30 Choosing the Right Accounting Software
04:35 Understanding Business Structures and Taxes
10:56 The Role of Payroll Systems
13:55 Quarterly Filings and Payroll Services
14:48 Cost-Effectiveness of Payroll Software
17:22 Importance of Documentation
18:51 When to Hire an Accountant
20:52 Consistency in Bookkeeping
24:46 Choosing the Right Software
26:20 Final Thoughts and Recommendations

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources
Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448
Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11 
Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast 
📬 Got a question for the show?
Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?
Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP19 - Countdown To Filing - Year End Tech and Tax Prep For Creatives

Essential Tech Tools for Creative Business Tax Efficiency

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coie Tax, the focus is on the essential te</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/80be6511/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP18 - Family Payroll - How To Hire Your Kids and Stay Legal</title>
      <itunes:title>EP18 - Family Payroll - How To Hire Your Kids and Stay Legal</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">de2ddd90-dbdd-4278-a2e8-e8ca2594e519</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/da38f328</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP18 - Family Payroll How to Hire Your Kids (and Stay Legal)</p><p><br></p><p>Hiring Your Kids and Smart Income Shifting Strategies</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the benefits and legalities of hiring your children through your business to optimize tax planning. The hosts delve into the necessity of giving your kids a real job with appropriate documentation, job descriptions, and proper pay to meet IRS standards. They discuss how this strategy, if executed correctly, can lead to significant tax savings by income shifting. The episode also covers differences in this approach depending on the business structure (LLC vs. S Corp) and emphasizes the importance of treating children as real employees with the necessary paperwork, such as W2s. Additionally, they share insights on utilizing Roth IRAs for children's future expenses, including education and first home purchases. If you're already planning to give your kids money for chores or their future, this episode guides you on making it a tax-advantaged move.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hiring Your Kids for Tax Benefits</p><p>00:42 Understanding Legalities and Common Misconceptions</p><p>02:16 Documenting and Justifying Your Child's Role</p><p>04:29 Practical Examples and Age-Appropriate Tasks</p><p>07:37 Tax Implications for Different Business Structures</p><p>09:41 Real-Life Case Study and Best Practices</p><p>12:18 The Importance of Documentation</p><p>12:48 Tax Benefits of Shifting Income to Children</p><p>14:15 Maximizing Savings with Roth IRA</p><p>17:07 Treating Your Child as an Employee</p><p>20:42 Final Thoughts and Practical Tips</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP18 - Family Payroll How to Hire Your Kids (and Stay Legal)</p><p><br></p><p>Hiring Your Kids and Smart Income Shifting Strategies</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the benefits and legalities of hiring your children through your business to optimize tax planning. The hosts delve into the necessity of giving your kids a real job with appropriate documentation, job descriptions, and proper pay to meet IRS standards. They discuss how this strategy, if executed correctly, can lead to significant tax savings by income shifting. The episode also covers differences in this approach depending on the business structure (LLC vs. S Corp) and emphasizes the importance of treating children as real employees with the necessary paperwork, such as W2s. Additionally, they share insights on utilizing Roth IRAs for children's future expenses, including education and first home purchases. If you're already planning to give your kids money for chores or their future, this episode guides you on making it a tax-advantaged move.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hiring Your Kids for Tax Benefits</p><p>00:42 Understanding Legalities and Common Misconceptions</p><p>02:16 Documenting and Justifying Your Child's Role</p><p>04:29 Practical Examples and Age-Appropriate Tasks</p><p>07:37 Tax Implications for Different Business Structures</p><p>09:41 Real-Life Case Study and Best Practices</p><p>12:18 The Importance of Documentation</p><p>12:48 Tax Benefits of Shifting Income to Children</p><p>14:15 Maximizing Savings with Roth IRA</p><p>17:07 Treating Your Child as an Employee</p><p>20:42 Final Thoughts and Practical Tips</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448</p><p>Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11</p><p>Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 11:00:27 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/da38f328/930c8b59.mp3" length="53670243" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/WF7cWvoD2xrlUTHUjHn1wSQhLfqL6v1MvTF8PQP21Hk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85NzAx/ZjViOTcxZjBkMzVj/MGQ2YTA1YzRjYWE4/OGExYy5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1342</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP18 - Family Payroll How to Hire Your Kids (and Stay Legal)



Hiring Your Kids and Smart Income Shifting Strategies



In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the benefits and legalities of hiring your children through your business to optimize tax planning. The hosts delve into the necessity of giving your kids a real job with appropriate documentation, job descriptions, and proper pay to meet IRS standards. They discuss how this strategy, if executed correctly, can lead to significant tax savings by income shifting. The episode also covers differences in this approach depending on the business structure (LLC vs. S Corp) and emphasizes the importance of treating children as real employees with the necessary paperwork, such as W2s. Additionally, they share insights on utilizing Roth IRAs for children's future expenses, including education and first home purchases. If you're already planning to give your kids money for chores or their future, this episode guides you on making it a tax-advantaged move.



00:00 Introduction to Hiring Your Kids for Tax Benefits

00:42 Understanding Legalities and Common Misconceptions

02:16 Documenting and Justifying Your Child's Role

04:29 Practical Examples and Age-Appropriate Tasks

07:37 Tax Implications for Different Business Structures

09:41 Real-Life Case Study and Best Practices

12:18 The Importance of Documentation

12:48 Tax Benefits of Shifting Income to Children

14:15 Maximizing Savings with Roth IRA

17:07 Treating Your Child as an Employee

20:42 Final Thoughts and Practical Tips



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-fiscal/id1831050448

Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/08AjRNfqQJBdG1vPazii4Q?si=fb0379d3bef94f11

Watch on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@letsgetfiscalpodcast

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP18 - Family Payroll How to Hire Your Kids (and Stay Legal)



Hiring Your Kids and Smart Income Shifting Strategies



In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on the benefits and legal</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/da38f328/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP17 - S-Corp Horror Stories and What They Teach Us</title>
      <itunes:title>EP17 - S-Corp Horror Stories and What They Teach Us</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3b7b8f9-e504-4ea8-9c2d-39e07c896d42</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b0dbaa5a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosts Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax delve into the complexities and potential pitfalls of S Corporations. They discuss common issues like confirming your S Corp status, dealing with payroll requirements, separating personal and business expenses, and ensuring equal treatment of shareholders. They also provide actionable advice on how to navigate these challenges to prevent costly mistakes and avoid IRS complications. Whether you're a single-member LLC considering the switch or a current S Corp owner, this episode offers essential tips to help you manage your business finances effectively.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to S Corp Pitfalls</p><p>00:37 Common Issues with S Corp Status</p><p>01:29 Confirming Your S Corp Status</p><p>03:45 Acting as an S Corporation</p><p>09:25 Payroll Requirements for S Corps</p><p>14:01 Understanding Payroll and Distributions</p><p>14:31 Livable Wage Considerations</p><p>15:53 Reasonable Compensation Studies</p><p>16:15 Importance of Payroll Compliance</p><p>17:19 Co-Mingling Business and Personal Expenses</p><p>20:14 Accountable Plans and Reimbursements</p><p>23:08 Treating Shareholders Equally</p><p>26:33 Deciding on S Corporation Status</p><p>27:31 Final Tips and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosts Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax delve into the complexities and potential pitfalls of S Corporations. They discuss common issues like confirming your S Corp status, dealing with payroll requirements, separating personal and business expenses, and ensuring equal treatment of shareholders. They also provide actionable advice on how to navigate these challenges to prevent costly mistakes and avoid IRS complications. Whether you're a single-member LLC considering the switch or a current S Corp owner, this episode offers essential tips to help you manage your business finances effectively.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to S Corp Pitfalls</p><p>00:37 Common Issues with S Corp Status</p><p>01:29 Confirming Your S Corp Status</p><p>03:45 Acting as an S Corporation</p><p>09:25 Payroll Requirements for S Corps</p><p>14:01 Understanding Payroll and Distributions</p><p>14:31 Livable Wage Considerations</p><p>15:53 Reasonable Compensation Studies</p><p>16:15 Importance of Payroll Compliance</p><p>17:19 Co-Mingling Business and Personal Expenses</p><p>20:14 Accountable Plans and Reimbursements</p><p>23:08 Treating Shareholders Equally</p><p>26:33 Deciding on S Corporation Status</p><p>27:31 Final Tips and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Dec 2025 11:00:13 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b0dbaa5a/8cebaa63.mp3" length="68829579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Regr6e-Vrj1m7k3aMpO3kt01dwrfqH6D_RwLA2L459M/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zZDM2/NGYzN2UyOTc4NGFm/N2MxMTc4YTJkMjg4/YjFmMS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1721</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Avoid These Costly S Corp Mistakes: IRS Red Flags &amp;amp; Solutions | Let's Get Fiscal  Thinking your S Corp is saving you money? You might be one expensive mistake away from an IRS nightmare. In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle from the women-led team at Coterie Tax guide you through common S Corp issues, from confirming your S Corp status, handling payroll correctly, to keeping personal and business expenses separate, and ensuring equitable treatment of shareholders. Learn how to avoid costly mistakes and run a thriving creative business with confidence. Press play and let's grow your business while navigating IRS complexities!  00:00 Introduction to S Corp Pitfalls 00:37 Common Issues with S Corp Status 01:29 Confirming Your S Corp Status 03:45 Acting as an S Corp 09:25 Payroll Requirements for S Corps 14:01 Understanding Payroll and Distributions 14:31 Livable Wage Considerations 15:53 Reasonable Compensation Studies 16:15 Importance of Payroll Compliance 17:19 Co-Mingling Business and Personal Expenses 20:14 Accountable Plans and Reimbursements 23:08 Treating Shareholders Equally 26:33 Deciding on S Corporation Status 27:31 Final Tips and Contact Information</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Avoid These Costly S Corp Mistakes: IRS Red Flags &amp;amp; Solutions | Let's Get Fiscal  Thinking your S Corp is saving you money? You might be one expensive mistake away from an IRS nightmare. In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosts Anastasia Maisha an</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b0dbaa5a/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP16 - Is Your December Pay Bumping You Into a Higher Tax Bracket? Discover Hidden Tax Secrets!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP16 - Is Your December Pay Bumping You Into a Higher Tax Bracket? Discover Hidden Tax Secrets!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ec3d57d3-c3b9-42ae-b9e7-99e56bbd0837</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/458b2dac</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Understanding Tax Brackets &amp; Effective Tax Strategies – Let's Get Fiscal!</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax, the duo demystifies the complex topic of how taxes are calculated. They clarify the difference between marginal and effective tax rates and explore end-of-year strategies to optimize tax savings, ensuring that every extra dollar earned is welcomed. Using practical examples, they explain how progressive tax rates work and debunk common misconceptions about tax brackets pushing one into higher overall tax rates. They also discuss the concept of 'constructive receipt' and strategies for managing income at the close of the financial year. This episode provides essential insights and actionable tips for creative business owners aiming to enhance their financial planning and tax efficiency.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Tax Concerns</p><p>00:20 Meet the Hosts</p><p>00:44 Understanding Tax Calculations</p><p>07:14 Marginal vs. Effective Tax Rates</p><p>09:03 Year-End Tax Strategies</p><p>09:40 Constructive Receipt Explained</p><p>14:05 Depreciation and Purchases</p><p>18:48 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Understanding Tax Brackets &amp; Effective Tax Strategies – Let's Get Fiscal!</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax, the duo demystifies the complex topic of how taxes are calculated. They clarify the difference between marginal and effective tax rates and explore end-of-year strategies to optimize tax savings, ensuring that every extra dollar earned is welcomed. Using practical examples, they explain how progressive tax rates work and debunk common misconceptions about tax brackets pushing one into higher overall tax rates. They also discuss the concept of 'constructive receipt' and strategies for managing income at the close of the financial year. This episode provides essential insights and actionable tips for creative business owners aiming to enhance their financial planning and tax efficiency.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Tax Concerns</p><p>00:20 Meet the Hosts</p><p>00:44 Understanding Tax Calculations</p><p>07:14 Marginal vs. Effective Tax Rates</p><p>09:03 Year-End Tax Strategies</p><p>09:40 Constructive Receipt Explained</p><p>14:05 Depreciation and Purchases</p><p>18:48 Conclusion and Final Tips</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2025 11:00:16 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/458b2dac/a491e3fe.mp3" length="37636698" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/zyPrQym2GWWcYG2notA3YyRQ4ogoiTBiLlTKZXbw8Ag/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84YzFh/MzE4YzhkYzUyOTJj/N2E1ZWU1YjFmOTNl/OGNjOC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1177</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Understanding Tax Brackets &amp;amp; Effective Tax Strategies – Let's Get Fiscal!

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax, the duo demystifies the complex topic of how taxes are calculated. They clarify the difference between marginal and effective tax rates and explore end-of-year strategies to optimize tax savings, ensuring that every extra dollar earned is welcomed. Using practical examples, they explain how progressive tax rates work and debunk common misconceptions about tax brackets pushing one into higher overall tax rates. They also discuss the concept of 'constructive receipt' and strategies for managing income at the close of the financial year. This episode provides essential insights and actionable tips for creative business owners aiming to enhance their financial planning and tax efficiency.

00:00 Introduction to Tax Concerns

00:20 Meet the Hosts

00:44 Understanding Tax Calculations

07:14 Marginal vs. Effective Tax Rates

09:03 Year-End Tax Strategies

09:40 Constructive Receipt Explained

14:05 Depreciation and Purchases

18:48 Conclusion and Final Tips



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Understanding Tax Brackets &amp;amp; Effective Tax Strategies – Let's Get Fiscal!

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax, the duo demystifies the complex topic of how taxes are calculated. They clarify the diffe</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/458b2dac/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP15 - Are You Missing Out on Tax Savings? Maximize Giving with Donor-Advised Funds</title>
      <itunes:title>EP15 - Are You Missing Out on Tax Savings? Maximize Giving with Donor-Advised Funds</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">90058bcf-bc81-4065-895d-edc655b2ac56</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c72f6f1d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How to Maximize Your Charitable Giving with Donor-Advised Funds</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Isha spotlight donor-advised funds (DAFs) as a powerful tax strategy to enhance your charitable contributions. They explain how bundling several years' worth of donations into a DAF allows you to surpass the standard deduction and receive a larger tax benefit, thus amplifying the impact of your generosity. The discussion includes the mechanics of DAFs, key deadlines, and the advantages of using community-based organizations to align your donations with your values. Tune in to learn how this approach can help high-income earners optimize their giving and make a bigger difference.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Donor-Advised Funds</p><p>00:40 Meet the Hosts</p><p>01:04 Understanding Donor-Advised Funds (DAFs)</p><p>02:06 Tax Benefits of DAFs</p><p>05:03 How to Set Up a DAF</p><p>06:19 Choosing the Right DAF Provider</p><p>07:17 Family Involvement in DAFs</p><p>08:24 Maximizing Your Donations</p><p>10:06 Conclusion and Holiday Wishes</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How to Maximize Your Charitable Giving with Donor-Advised Funds</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Isha spotlight donor-advised funds (DAFs) as a powerful tax strategy to enhance your charitable contributions. They explain how bundling several years' worth of donations into a DAF allows you to surpass the standard deduction and receive a larger tax benefit, thus amplifying the impact of your generosity. The discussion includes the mechanics of DAFs, key deadlines, and the advantages of using community-based organizations to align your donations with your values. Tune in to learn how this approach can help high-income earners optimize their giving and make a bigger difference.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Donor-Advised Funds</p><p>00:40 Meet the Hosts</p><p>01:04 Understanding Donor-Advised Funds (DAFs)</p><p>02:06 Tax Benefits of DAFs</p><p>05:03 How to Set Up a DAF</p><p>06:19 Choosing the Right DAF Provider</p><p>07:17 Family Involvement in DAFs</p><p>08:24 Maximizing Your Donations</p><p>10:06 Conclusion and Holiday Wishes</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 11:00:46 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c72f6f1d/cbbf11df.mp3" length="25882091" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/H8qqseq067unuWfvyC_yyJOxnboMPcPhc9Gsu8z-l1c/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80ODk0/OTYzNGU0ZmFhYzMw/NWUzZmMyZDVkNTE0/MGE0My5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>648</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How to Maximize Your Charitable Giving with Donor-Advised Funds

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Isha spotlight donor-advised funds (DAFs) as a powerful tax strategy to enhance your charitable contributions. They explain how bundling several years' worth of donations into a DAF allows you to surpass the standard deduction and receive a larger tax benefit, thus amplifying the impact of your generosity. The discussion includes the mechanics of DAFs, key deadlines, and the advantages of using community-based organizations to align your donations with your values. Tune in to learn how this approach can help high-income earners optimize their giving and make a bigger difference.



00:00 Introduction to Donor-Advised Funds

00:40 Meet the Hosts

01:04 Understanding Donor-Advised Funds (DAFs)

02:06 Tax Benefits of DAFs

05:03 How to Set Up a DAF

06:19 Choosing the Right DAF Provider

07:17 Family Involvement in DAFs

08:24 Maximizing Your Donations

10:06 Conclusion and Holiday Wishes



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How to Maximize Your Charitable Giving with Donor-Advised Funds

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Isha spotlight donor-advised funds (DAFs) as a powerful tax strategy to enhance your charitable contributions. They explain how bundl</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c72f6f1d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP14 - Are You Making These Sales Tax Mistakes? Protect Your Business Now!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP14 - Are You Making These Sales Tax Mistakes? Protect Your Business Now!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d5369eb-7f60-420d-995c-80665ae5fcc8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/11eab447</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Decoding Sales Taxes for Creative Professionals</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Aisha and Anastasia from the women-led team at Coie Tax, the focus is on understanding sales taxes for creative professionals. Topics covered include the necessity of sales tax permits for events like weekend popups, distinctions between physical and economic nexus when shipping products across state lines, and the implications of trust fund taxes. The hosts also discuss scenarios for physical vs. digital product sales, challenges posed by various state laws, and best practices for compliance. The episode aims to help business owners navigate the complexities of sales tax, ensuring they remain compliant and avoid hefty penalties.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Sales Tax for Creative Professionals</p><p>01:30 Understanding Sales Tax Nexus</p><p>04:03 Economic Nexus Explained</p><p>10:15 Marketplace Facilitators and Compliance</p><p>14:20 Year-End Considerations and Global Sales</p><p>17:55 Final Thoughts and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Decoding Sales Taxes for Creative Professionals</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Aisha and Anastasia from the women-led team at Coie Tax, the focus is on understanding sales taxes for creative professionals. Topics covered include the necessity of sales tax permits for events like weekend popups, distinctions between physical and economic nexus when shipping products across state lines, and the implications of trust fund taxes. The hosts also discuss scenarios for physical vs. digital product sales, challenges posed by various state laws, and best practices for compliance. The episode aims to help business owners navigate the complexities of sales tax, ensuring they remain compliant and avoid hefty penalties.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Sales Tax for Creative Professionals</p><p>01:30 Understanding Sales Tax Nexus</p><p>04:03 Economic Nexus Explained</p><p>10:15 Marketplace Facilitators and Compliance</p><p>14:20 Year-End Considerations and Global Sales</p><p>17:55 Final Thoughts and Contact Information</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2025 11:00:12 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/11eab447/c24b1957.mp3" length="44562722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/uqVNUUgEpL72usFrGPkukj0bCVwdBID8zQaa1dIP2oI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80ZmIx/ZDAxODM2YmQwOWYy/YzkxMWE4MTFhMzVh/NzM4Zi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1115</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Decoding Sales Taxes for Creative Professionals

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Aisha and Anastasia from the women-led team at Coie Tax, the focus is on understanding sales taxes for creative professionals. Topics covered include the necessity of sales tax permits for events like weekend popups, distinctions between physical and economic nexus when shipping products across state lines, and the implications of trust fund taxes. The hosts also discuss scenarios for physical vs. digital product sales, challenges posed by various state laws, and best practices for compliance. The episode aims to help business owners navigate the complexities of sales tax, ensuring they remain compliant and avoid hefty penalties.



00:00 Introduction to Sales Tax for Creative Professionals

01:30 Understanding Sales Tax Nexus

04:03 Economic Nexus Explained

10:15 Marketplace Facilitators and Compliance

14:20 Year-End Considerations and Global Sales

17:55 Final Thoughts and Contact Information



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Decoding Sales Taxes for Creative Professionals

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Aisha and Anastasia from the women-led team at Coie Tax, the focus is on understanding sales taxes for creative professionals. Topics covered include the neces</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/11eab447/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP13 - How Do You Really Pay Yourself From Your Business? Unlock the Secrets to Financial Freedom</title>
      <itunes:title>EP13 - How Do You Really Pay Yourself From Your Business? Unlock the Secrets to Financial Freedom</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f32fcf5d-48e3-4060-9611-e387d4f102ad</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d1d418a6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Understanding How to Pay Yourself: From Salary to Distributions</p><p>In this episode of the Let's Get Fiscal podcast, hosts Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax discuss the various ways business owners can take money out of their business. They cover topics such as salary, owner draws, dividends, distributions, and guaranteed payments, and explain the importance of doing it correctly to avoid penalties from the IRS. The episode dives into the implications for sole proprietorships, single-member LLCs, multi-member LLCs, partnerships, S-corporations, and C-corporations, providing practical advice on setting reasonable compensation and managing tax obligations. The hosts also touch on additional strategies for transferring wealth from the business to personal accounts through retirement plans and accountable plans for reimbursements.</p><p>00:00 Introduction: Understanding Business Profits</p><p>00:22 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal</p><p>01:09 The Importance of Proper Fund Transfers</p><p>03:02 Sole Proprietorships and Single Member LLCs</p><p>03:53 Multi-Member LLCs and Partnerships</p><p>05:44 S Corporations: Reasonable Compensation and Distributions</p><p>09:05 C Corporations: Dividends and Double Taxation</p><p>12:19 Additional Wealth Transfer Strategies</p><p>15:34 Year-End Considerations and Professional Help</p><p>16:55 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Understanding How to Pay Yourself: From Salary to Distributions</p><p>In this episode of the Let's Get Fiscal podcast, hosts Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax discuss the various ways business owners can take money out of their business. They cover topics such as salary, owner draws, dividends, distributions, and guaranteed payments, and explain the importance of doing it correctly to avoid penalties from the IRS. The episode dives into the implications for sole proprietorships, single-member LLCs, multi-member LLCs, partnerships, S-corporations, and C-corporations, providing practical advice on setting reasonable compensation and managing tax obligations. The hosts also touch on additional strategies for transferring wealth from the business to personal accounts through retirement plans and accountable plans for reimbursements.</p><p>00:00 Introduction: Understanding Business Profits</p><p>00:22 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal</p><p>01:09 The Importance of Proper Fund Transfers</p><p>03:02 Sole Proprietorships and Single Member LLCs</p><p>03:53 Multi-Member LLCs and Partnerships</p><p>05:44 S Corporations: Reasonable Compensation and Distributions</p><p>09:05 C Corporations: Dividends and Double Taxation</p><p>12:19 Additional Wealth Transfer Strategies</p><p>15:34 Year-End Considerations and Professional Help</p><p>16:55 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><br></p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 11:00:53 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d1d418a6/bd680d85.mp3" length="41972665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/peGddYc82WR5EKq3MUliJEgw-Jvj92aMaOt-B__LhyU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iOTk5/ZDMwYjU2ZDAxYmQ5/ZTZiNTNkMzlhYTgx/YzY4ZC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1050</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Understanding How to Pay Yourself: From Salary to Distributions

In this episode of the Let's Get Fiscal podcast, hosts Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax discuss the various ways business owners can take money out of their business. They cover topics such as salary, owner draws, dividends, distributions, and guaranteed payments, and explain the importance of doing it correctly to avoid penalties from the IRS. The episode dives into the implications for sole proprietorships, single-member LLCs, multi-member LLCs, partnerships, S-corporations, and C-corporations, providing practical advice on setting reasonable compensation and managing tax obligations. The hosts also touch on additional strategies for transferring wealth from the business to personal accounts through retirement plans and accountable plans for reimbursements.

00:00 Introduction: Understanding Business Profits

00:22 Welcome to Let's Get Fiscal

01:09 The Importance of Proper Fund Transfers

03:02 Sole Proprietorships and Single Member LLCs

03:53 Multi-Member LLCs and Partnerships

05:44 S Corporations: Reasonable Compensation and Distributions

09:05 C Corporations: Dividends and Double Taxation

12:19 Additional Wealth Transfer Strategies

15:34 Year-End Considerations and Professional Help

16:55 Conclusion and Next Steps



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Understanding How to Pay Yourself: From Salary to Distributions

In this episode of the Let's Get Fiscal podcast, hosts Myiesha and Anastasia from Coterie Tax discuss the various ways business owners can take money out of their business. They cover topics</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d1d418a6/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP12 - Do You Still Owe Taxes After April 15th? Extensions, Penalties, and Smart Payment Hacks</title>
      <itunes:title>EP12 - Do You Still Owe Taxes After April 15th? Extensions, Penalties, and Smart Payment Hacks</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9551a75b-87f2-43c2-95af-3a0ec22a6216</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a537a172</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP12 - The April 15th Tax Myth - Quarterly Payment Hacks for Photographers &amp; Creative Businesses</p><p>Decoding Tax Due Dates and Payment Strategies for Creative Businesses</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle from Coterie Tax debunk the myth that taxes are solely due on April 15th. They explain the complexities of tax payments, highlighting the importance of quarterly estimated payments for freelancers and business owners. The episode covers strategies for managing tax payments, understanding state-specific deadlines, and the difference between filing an extension and paying taxes. They also delve into the benefits of using tax strategists and how specific financial maneuvers can save money and optimize cash flow throughout the year.</p><p>00:00 Debunking Tax Myths: April 15th Misconception</p><p>00:34 Understanding Tax Deadlines and Payments</p><p>01:08 Quarterly Estimated Payments Explained</p><p>02:42 Penalties and Interest for Underpayment</p><p>03:29 Safe Harbor Rules and Tax Strategies</p><p>05:32 Extensions and Payment Deadlines</p><p>08:17 Creative Tax Payment Strategies</p><p>16:31 Final Tips and Wrap-Up</p><p><strong>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p><strong>📬 Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p><strong>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p><strong>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP12 - The April 15th Tax Myth - Quarterly Payment Hacks for Photographers &amp; Creative Businesses</p><p>Decoding Tax Due Dates and Payment Strategies for Creative Businesses</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle from Coterie Tax debunk the myth that taxes are solely due on April 15th. They explain the complexities of tax payments, highlighting the importance of quarterly estimated payments for freelancers and business owners. The episode covers strategies for managing tax payments, understanding state-specific deadlines, and the difference between filing an extension and paying taxes. They also delve into the benefits of using tax strategists and how specific financial maneuvers can save money and optimize cash flow throughout the year.</p><p>00:00 Debunking Tax Myths: April 15th Misconception</p><p>00:34 Understanding Tax Deadlines and Payments</p><p>01:08 Quarterly Estimated Payments Explained</p><p>02:42 Penalties and Interest for Underpayment</p><p>03:29 Safe Harbor Rules and Tax Strategies</p><p>05:32 Extensions and Payment Deadlines</p><p>08:17 Creative Tax Payment Strategies</p><p>16:31 Final Tips and Wrap-Up</p><p><strong>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p><strong>📬 Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p><strong>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p><strong>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2025 11:00:52 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a537a172/f65caff7.mp3" length="41283382" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/weVoDIQS52slI0nXOsrJ6KqQvhHW5BvWvyGOvc6dZVk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82NjFj/MDUzOWNkZjQzMjZi/ZWJlYTNlNzk0MmMx/YTEwMC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1033</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let's Get Fiscal – EP12 - Do You Still Owe Taxes After April 15th The Truth About Extensions, Penalties, and Smart Payment Hacks

Decoding Tax Due Dates and Payment Strategies for Creative Businesses

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle from Coterie Tax debunk the myth that taxes are solely due on April 15th. They explain the complexities of tax payments, highlighting the importance of quarterly estimated payments for freelancers and business owners. The episode covers strategies for managing tax payments, understanding state-specific deadlines, and the difference between filing an extension and paying taxes. They also delve into the benefits of using tax strategists and how specific financial maneuvers can save money and optimize cash flow throughout the year.

00:00 Debunking Tax Myths: April 15th Misconception

00:34 Understanding Tax Deadlines and Payments

01:08 Quarterly Estimated Payments Explained

02:42 Penalties and Interest for Underpayment

03:29 Safe Harbor Rules and Tax Strategies

05:32 Extensions and Payment Deadlines

08:17 Creative Tax Payment Strategies

16:31 Final Tips and Wrap-Up

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let's Get Fiscal – EP12 - Do You Still Owe Taxes After April 15th The Truth About Extensions, Penalties, and Smart Payment Hacks

Decoding Tax Due Dates and Payment Strategies for Creative Businesses

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia M</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a537a172/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP11 - Are You Paying City Business Taxes? How Creatives Can Save Thousands with Exemptions</title>
      <itunes:title>EP11 - Are You Paying City Business Taxes? How Creatives Can Save Thousands with Exemptions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4e75ef18-12fc-44f2-a29e-d15d28674d00</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d2f3ec04</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast EP11 - Are You Overlooking City Business Taxes That Could Cost You Thousands Discover the Exemptions You Might Be Missing</p><p>Understanding Your City Business Taxes: Compliance for Creative Entrepreneurs</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle from Coterie Tax discuss the often-overlooked aspect of city business taxes aimed at creative businesses. They emphasize the importance of knowing about these taxes to avoid fines and extra charges. The hosts specifically dive into the tax requirements for cities like Los Angeles and New York City, highlighting the complexities and necessary compliance. They explain exemptions available for creatives and the need for accurate and timely filing. Useful tips are provided for staying compliant, including the significance of knowing your business location's city jurisdiction and keeping communication open with your tax professional.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to City Business Taxes</p><p>00:40 Understanding City Tax Compliance</p><p>01:16 Major City Taxes: LA, San Francisco, and More</p><p>02:02 Home Occupation Licenses and Compliance</p><p>02:56 Filing and Compliance Tips</p><p>03:47 City of LA Business Tax Details</p><p>05:26 Creative Professionals and Tax Exemptions</p><p>06:21 Production Companies and Tax Classification</p><p>06:56 Navigating the City of LA Tax System</p><p>11:03 New York City Corporate Taxes</p><p>13:57 General Tips for City Tax Compliance</p><p>15:14 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast EP11 - Are You Overlooking City Business Taxes That Could Cost You Thousands Discover the Exemptions You Might Be Missing</p><p>Understanding Your City Business Taxes: Compliance for Creative Entrepreneurs</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle from Coterie Tax discuss the often-overlooked aspect of city business taxes aimed at creative businesses. They emphasize the importance of knowing about these taxes to avoid fines and extra charges. The hosts specifically dive into the tax requirements for cities like Los Angeles and New York City, highlighting the complexities and necessary compliance. They explain exemptions available for creatives and the need for accurate and timely filing. Useful tips are provided for staying compliant, including the significance of knowing your business location's city jurisdiction and keeping communication open with your tax professional.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to City Business Taxes</p><p>00:40 Understanding City Tax Compliance</p><p>01:16 Major City Taxes: LA, San Francisco, and More</p><p>02:02 Home Occupation Licenses and Compliance</p><p>02:56 Filing and Compliance Tips</p><p>03:47 City of LA Business Tax Details</p><p>05:26 Creative Professionals and Tax Exemptions</p><p>06:21 Production Companies and Tax Classification</p><p>06:56 Navigating the City of LA Tax System</p><p>11:03 New York City Corporate Taxes</p><p>13:57 General Tips for City Tax Compliance</p><p>15:14 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2025 11:00:15 -0100</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d2f3ec04/e03e8893.mp3" length="37897459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/nx9oLqdlPYWy3VCC9GJltj9qoPBZTE63eLKdUs7-nRk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZmRi/MjIzNjY0Y2EzNzRj/N2Q3MDhhMDc0YzM1/MGU4Zi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>948</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast EP11 - Are You Overlooking City Business Taxes That Could Cost You Thousands Discover the Exemptions You Might Be Missing

Understanding Your City Business Taxes: Compliance for Creative Entrepreneurs

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle from Coterie Tax discuss the often-overlooked aspect of city business taxes aimed at creative businesses. They emphasize the importance of knowing about these taxes to avoid fines and extra charges. The hosts specifically dive into the tax requirements for cities like Los Angeles and New York City, highlighting the complexities and necessary compliance. They explain exemptions available for creatives and the need for accurate and timely filing. Useful tips are provided for staying compliant, including the significance of knowing your business location's city jurisdiction and keeping communication open with your tax professional.

00:00 Introduction to City Business Taxes

00:40 Understanding City Tax Compliance

01:16 Major City Taxes: LA, San Francisco, and More

02:02 Home Occupation Licenses and Compliance

02:56 Filing and Compliance Tips

03:47 City of LA Business Tax Details

05:26 Creative Professionals and Tax Exemptions

06:21 Production Companies and Tax Classification

06:56 Navigating the City of LA Tax System

11:03 New York City Corporate Taxes

13:57 General Tips for City Tax Compliance

15:14 Conclusion and Final Thoughts

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast EP11 - Are You Overlooking City Business Taxes That Could Cost You Thousands Discover the Exemptions You Might Be Missing

Understanding Your City Business Taxes: Compliance for Creative Entrepreneurs

In this episode of Let's Get</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d2f3ec04/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP10 - Pass-Through Entity Tax: How Creatives Turn State Taxes Into Federal Deductions</title>
      <itunes:title>EP10 - Pass-Through Entity Tax: How Creatives Turn State Taxes Into Federal Deductions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3126b1e8-aa0f-46f0-aa5f-a3fd4017f7f3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/565a0f2a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP10 - Can You Really Turn State Taxes Into a Federal Deduction Unlock the Pass-Through Entity Tax Loophole</p><p>Navigating Pass-Through Entity Taxes for Creative Businesses</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle discuss the intricacies of pass-through entity taxes. They explain how these taxes work, the benefits of using them to deduct state income taxes on federal returns, and the recent legislative changes that impact them. The episode stresses the importance of planning and sometimes seeking professional help to maximize tax benefits and avoid penalties. Listeners will learn how to strategize their tax payments to optimize deductions and manage their business finances more effectively. The episode also highlights key federal and state deadlines and the difference between itemized and standard deductions.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Federal Tax Incentives</p><p>00:42 Understanding Pass-Through Entity Tax (PTET)</p><p>01:04 How PTET Works for Businesses</p><p>03:33 The SALT Cap and Its Implications</p><p>06:22 Workarounds and IRS Interpretations</p><p>09:35 Understanding Tax Return Deadlines</p><p>10:20 Itemized vs. Standard Deductions</p><p>11:57 Pass-Through Entity Tax Considerations</p><p>13:49 State-Specific Tax Election Deadlines</p><p>16:37 Professional Assistance and Final Thoughts</p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP10 - Can You Really Turn State Taxes Into a Federal Deduction Unlock the Pass-Through Entity Tax Loophole</p><p>Navigating Pass-Through Entity Taxes for Creative Businesses</p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle discuss the intricacies of pass-through entity taxes. They explain how these taxes work, the benefits of using them to deduct state income taxes on federal returns, and the recent legislative changes that impact them. The episode stresses the importance of planning and sometimes seeking professional help to maximize tax benefits and avoid penalties. Listeners will learn how to strategize their tax payments to optimize deductions and manage their business finances more effectively. The episode also highlights key federal and state deadlines and the difference between itemized and standard deductions.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Federal Tax Incentives</p><p>00:42 Understanding Pass-Through Entity Tax (PTET)</p><p>01:04 How PTET Works for Businesses</p><p>03:33 The SALT Cap and Its Implications</p><p>06:22 Workarounds and IRS Interpretations</p><p>09:35 Understanding Tax Return Deadlines</p><p>10:20 Itemized vs. Standard Deductions</p><p>11:57 Pass-Through Entity Tax Considerations</p><p>13:49 State-Specific Tax Election Deadlines</p><p>16:37 Professional Assistance and Final Thoughts</p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2025 12:00:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/565a0f2a/e2fa4efe.mp3" length="46777454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/MgQlJCGxMAVc8UHhLHUWjrzknWybuIUK10a6KPg2VL0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDdm/NTRjMWUxYTExZDgx/MmJmOTQzNTA4NmVi/ZjA0YS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP10 - Can You Really Turn State Taxes Into a Federal Deduction Unlock the Pass-Through Entity Tax Loophole

Navigating Pass-Through Entity Taxes for Creative Businesses

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle discuss the intricacies of pass-through entity taxes. They explain how these taxes work, the benefits of using them to deduct state income taxes on federal returns, and the recent legislative changes that impact them. The episode stresses the importance of planning and sometimes seeking professional help to maximize tax benefits and avoid penalties. Listeners will learn how to strategize their tax payments to optimize deductions and manage their business finances more effectively. The episode also highlights key federal and state deadlines and the difference between itemized and standard deductions.

00:00 Introduction to Federal Tax Incentives

00:42 Understanding Pass-Through Entity Tax (PTET)

01:04 How PTET Works for Businesses

03:33 The SALT Cap and Its Implications

06:22 Workarounds and IRS Interpretations

09:35 Understanding Tax Return Deadlines

10:20 Itemized vs. Standard Deductions

11:57 Pass-Through Entity Tax Considerations

13:49 State-Specific Tax Election Deadlines

16:37 Professional Assistance and Final Thoughts

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP10 - Can You Really Turn State Taxes Into a Federal Deduction Unlock the Pass-Through Entity Tax Loophole

Navigating Pass-Through Entity Taxes for Creative Businesses

In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle discuss the</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/565a0f2a/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP09 - Tax Strategies That Saved a Filmmaker $30,000+ on $400K Income (Real Case Study)</title>
      <itunes:title>EP09 - Tax Strategies That Saved a Filmmaker $30,000+ on $400K Income (Real Case Study)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c488754d-15d7-491c-ab83-8525bc7b3cc0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b349177</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP09 - How a Filmmaker's $400,000 Gain Was Almost a Financial Disaster</p><p>The $400,000 Mistake: Avoid Costly Tax Errors with the Right Business Structure</p><p>In this episode of "Let's Get Fiscal," hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle of Coterie Tax explore a real-life case study of a filmmaker who made $400,000 but lost a significant amount to taxes due to improper business structuring. They discuss the importance of choosing the right business entity, the benefits of converting to an LLC and S Corporation, and strategies like reasonable compensation studies, setting up 401(k) plans, and leveraging Airbnbs for tax savings. They also delve into advanced planning tactics, including donor-advised funds, high-deductible health insurance plans, and backdoor Roth IRAs, ultimately highlighting how smart financial planning can lead to substantial tax savings and better financial health for creative business owners.</p><p>00:00 Introduction: The Costly Mistake</p><p>01:36 Understanding Business Structures</p><p>02:53 Tax Strategies for High Income</p><p>05:24 Maximizing Tax Savings</p><p>07:21 Advanced Tax Planning</p><p>11:56 Bookkeeping and Future Planning</p><p>14:07 Maximizing Tax Savings with Bonus Depreciation</p><p>14:47 Airbnb Investment Strategies</p><p>15:56 The Power of 1031 Exchanges</p><p>18:19 Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) and High Deductible Plans</p><p>20:02 Backdoor Roth IRAs for Long-Term Savings</p><p>22:17 Charitable Giving with Donor Advised Funds</p><p>24:44 Advanced Tax Planning: Pensions and Film Production Investments</p><p>26:17 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here:<a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow"> https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at:<a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow"> https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha:<a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow"> https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP09 - How a Filmmaker's $400,000 Gain Was Almost a Financial Disaster</p><p>The $400,000 Mistake: Avoid Costly Tax Errors with the Right Business Structure</p><p>In this episode of "Let's Get Fiscal," hosts Anastasia Maisha and Danielle of Coterie Tax explore a real-life case study of a filmmaker who made $400,000 but lost a significant amount to taxes due to improper business structuring. They discuss the importance of choosing the right business entity, the benefits of converting to an LLC and S Corporation, and strategies like reasonable compensation studies, setting up 401(k) plans, and leveraging Airbnbs for tax savings. They also delve into advanced planning tactics, including donor-advised funds, high-deductible health insurance plans, and backdoor Roth IRAs, ultimately highlighting how smart financial planning can lead to substantial tax savings and better financial health for creative business owners.</p><p>00:00 Introduction: The Costly Mistake</p><p>01:36 Understanding Business Structures</p><p>02:53 Tax Strategies for High Income</p><p>05:24 Maximizing Tax Savings</p><p>07:21 Advanced Tax Planning</p><p>11:56 Bookkeeping and Future Planning</p><p>14:07 Maximizing Tax Savings with Bonus Depreciation</p><p>14:47 Airbnb Investment Strategies</p><p>15:56 The Power of 1031 Exchanges</p><p>18:19 Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) and High Deductible Plans</p><p>20:02 Backdoor Roth IRAs for Long-Term Savings</p><p>22:17 Charitable Giving with Donor Advised Funds</p><p>24:44 Advanced Tax Planning: Pensions and Film Production Investments</p><p>26:17 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</p><p>📬 Got a question for the show?</p><p>Submit it here:<a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow"> https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?</p><p>Catch the latest episodes at:<a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow"> https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?</p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha:<a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow"> https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 12:00:59 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8b349177/7cc2bb5d.mp3" length="64905134" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Pohf4_25lekA6JxWtMvkFw_Sif71C7-Aq14GJLoUqB4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iZjYy/NDMwZmJhZTdmOWQy/MTdlM2IwN2E0M2I0/Y2MxYS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1623</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP09 - How a Filmmaker's $400,000 Gain Was Almost a Financial Disaster  Hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle of Coterie Tax, this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal' delves into the real-life tax pitfalls of a filmmaker who made $400,000 but lost thousands to taxes due to poor business structuring. The hosts discuss the importance of having a proper business structure, the benefits of LLCs and S corporations, and how reasonable compensation studies can save substantial amounts in taxes. Additionally, they explore advanced strategies like solo 401(k) plans, pass-through entity taxes, Airbnbs for tax benefits, and donor-advised funds for charitable giving. This episode is packed with practical insights and long-term planning strategies essential for thriving creative businesses.  00:00 Introduction: The Costly Mistake  00:34 Analyzing the Filmmaker's Tax Situation  01:36 The Importance of Business Structure  03:46 Maximizing Tax Savings  07:10 Advanced Tax Strategies  11:57 Bookkeeping and Future Planning  13:54 Cost Segregation and Bonus Depreciation  14:48 Airbnb Investment Strategy  15:56 1031 Exchange Explained  18:20 Health Savings Account (HSA) Benefits  20:03 Backdoor Roth IRA Strategy  22:18 Donor Advised Funds for Charitable Giving  24:45 Pension Plans and Film Production Investments  26:17 Conclusion and Call to Action  🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources  📬 Got a question for the show?  Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa  🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?  Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast  📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?  Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP09 - How a Filmmaker's $400,000 Gain Was Almost a Financial Disaster  Hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle of Coterie Tax, this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal' delves into the real-life tax pitfalls of a filmmaker who made $400,000 but lost thousands </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b349177/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP08 - Can Taxes Really Attract Investors for Your Film? Unlock the Secrets Now!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP08 - Can Taxes Really Attract Investors for Your Film? Unlock the Secrets Now!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e153290a-3989-411a-9613-86a44110ffca</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/30fbef5e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Leveraging Tax Credits to Attract Film Investors</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on how filmmakers can utilize tax strategies to make their projects more attractive to investors. The discussion covers various state film tax credits, with a deep dive into how Georgia's tax credit system can benefit film productions. They highlight the importance of positioning and the symbiotic relationship between tax benefits and investor returns. The episode also emphasizes the significance of understanding tax laws to support creative projects, especially those with diverse and minority-driven messages. By strategically using tax credits, filmmakers can secure funding more effectively, ensuring their vision gets the financial backing it needs.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Attracting Film Investors</p><p>00:36 Leveraging State Tax Credits</p><p>01:04 Creating Symbiotic Relationships with Investors</p><p>01:29 Understanding the Market for Tax Credits</p><p>04:04 Exploring State-Specific Tax Credits</p><p>06:21 Maximizing Investor Returns with Tax Strategies</p><p>09:11 Passive Income and Tax Offsetting</p><p>11:23 Finding the Right Investor for Your Production</p><p>11:46 Tax Benefits for Small Investors</p><p>12:58 Impact of Administration Changes on Grants</p><p>14:09 Aligning Production Goals with Investor Beliefs</p><p>16:27 Pitching Your Production Effectively</p><p>17:34 Utilizing Tax Law to Support Productions</p><p>20:33 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p><p><br></p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Leveraging Tax Credits to Attract Film Investors</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on how filmmakers can utilize tax strategies to make their projects more attractive to investors. The discussion covers various state film tax credits, with a deep dive into how Georgia's tax credit system can benefit film productions. They highlight the importance of positioning and the symbiotic relationship between tax benefits and investor returns. The episode also emphasizes the significance of understanding tax laws to support creative projects, especially those with diverse and minority-driven messages. By strategically using tax credits, filmmakers can secure funding more effectively, ensuring their vision gets the financial backing it needs.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Attracting Film Investors</p><p>00:36 Leveraging State Tax Credits</p><p>01:04 Creating Symbiotic Relationships with Investors</p><p>01:29 Understanding the Market for Tax Credits</p><p>04:04 Exploring State-Specific Tax Credits</p><p>06:21 Maximizing Investor Returns with Tax Strategies</p><p>09:11 Passive Income and Tax Offsetting</p><p>11:23 Finding the Right Investor for Your Production</p><p>11:46 Tax Benefits for Small Investors</p><p>12:58 Impact of Administration Changes on Grants</p><p>14:09 Aligning Production Goals with Investor Beliefs</p><p>16:27 Pitching Your Production Effectively</p><p>17:34 Utilizing Tax Law to Support Productions</p><p>20:33 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p><p><br></p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2025 12:00:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/30fbef5e/546d3c27.mp3" length="50655847" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1267</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Leveraging Tax Credits to Attract Film Investors



In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on how filmmakers can utilize tax strategies to make their projects more attractive to investors. The discussion covers various state film tax credits, with a deep dive into how Georgia's tax credit system can benefit film productions. They highlight the importance of positioning and the symbiotic relationship between tax benefits and investor returns. The episode also emphasizes the significance of understanding tax laws to support creative projects, especially those with diverse and minority-driven messages. By strategically using tax credits, filmmakers can secure funding more effectively, ensuring their vision gets the financial backing it needs.



00:00 Introduction to Attracting Film Investors

00:36 Leveraging State Tax Credits

01:04 Creating Symbiotic Relationships with Investors

01:29 Understanding the Market for Tax Credits

04:04 Exploring State-Specific Tax Credits

06:21 Maximizing Investor Returns with Tax Strategies

09:11 Passive Income and Tax Offsetting

11:23 Finding the Right Investor for Your Production

11:46 Tax Benefits for Small Investors

12:58 Impact of Administration Changes on Grants

14:09 Aligning Production Goals with Investor Beliefs

16:27 Pitching Your Production Effectively

17:34 Utilizing Tax Law to Support Productions

20:33 Conclusion and Final Thoughts



🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Leveraging Tax Credits to Attract Film Investors



In this episode of 'Let's Get Fiscal,' hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, the focus is on how filmmakers can utilize tax strategies to make their projects more attractive to inves</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/30fbef5e/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP07 - Are You Ready for the 2025 Tax Overhaul? Learn How to Optimize Your Finances Now</title>
      <itunes:title>EP07 - Are You Ready for the 2025 Tax Overhaul? Learn How to Optimize Your Finances Now</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">09c59356-af49-420a-bcfc-15b11e1d92ae</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/34b61558</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP07 - Are You Ready for the 2025 Tax Overhaul? Learn How to Optimize Your Finances Now</p><p>In the premiere episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Myiesha from Coterie Tax explain the significant tax changes in Washington's latest bill, the Big Beautiful Bill Act of 2025. They dive into crucial updates such as the return of 100% bonus depreciation, enhancements to state and local income tax deductions, and the continuation of the Qualified Business Income deduction. The hosts also discuss the expiration of the electric vehicle tax credit and the complexities around pass-through entity tax. Learn how these changes impact small business owners and the strategies to maximize benefits for a thriving creative business.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Creative Business Taxes</p><p>00:43 Overview of the 2025 Tax Bill</p><p>01:45 Key Changes in Tax Provisions</p><p>03:28 Bonus Depreciation Explained</p><p>07:32 State and Local Tax Deductions</p><p>09:03 Pass-Through Entity Tax</p><p>15:06 Navigating Business Ownership and Tax Caps</p><p>15:34 Understanding the Qualified Business Income Deduction</p><p>18:21 Implications of the Electric Vehicle Tax Credit Expiration</p><p>21:05 Strategic Tax Planning for Business Owners</p><p>25:43 The Importance of Consulting a Tax Professional</p><p>27:35 Final Thoughts and How to Get More Information</p><p><br></p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>EP07 - Are You Ready for the 2025 Tax Overhaul? Learn How to Optimize Your Finances Now</p><p>In the premiere episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Myiesha from Coterie Tax explain the significant tax changes in Washington's latest bill, the Big Beautiful Bill Act of 2025. They dive into crucial updates such as the return of 100% bonus depreciation, enhancements to state and local income tax deductions, and the continuation of the Qualified Business Income deduction. The hosts also discuss the expiration of the electric vehicle tax credit and the complexities around pass-through entity tax. Learn how these changes impact small business owners and the strategies to maximize benefits for a thriving creative business.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Creative Business Taxes</p><p>00:43 Overview of the 2025 Tax Bill</p><p>01:45 Key Changes in Tax Provisions</p><p>03:28 Bonus Depreciation Explained</p><p>07:32 State and Local Tax Deductions</p><p>09:03 Pass-Through Entity Tax</p><p>15:06 Navigating Business Ownership and Tax Caps</p><p>15:34 Understanding the Qualified Business Income Deduction</p><p>18:21 Implications of the Electric Vehicle Tax Credit Expiration</p><p>21:05 Strategic Tax Planning for Business Owners</p><p>25:43 The Importance of Consulting a Tax Professional</p><p>27:35 Final Thoughts and How to Get More Information</p><p><br></p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 12:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/34b61558/b14b21d1.mp3" length="67639214" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/p9pfS8DpPDWv7GfVj9xA9iGg1cQU3LC9kvyfDPiCQIo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85Zjhh/YjZkYjE5MzQyNzgz/NmU3MDA4OGMxY2M0/ZWQ1Mi5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1691</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP07 - Are You Ready for the 2025 Tax Overhaul? Learn How to Optimize Your Finances Now    In the premiere episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Myiesha from Coterie Tax explain the significant tax changes in Washington's latest bill, the Big Beautiful Bill Act of 2025. They dive into crucial updates such as the return of 100% bonus depreciation, enhancements to state and local income tax deductions, and the continuation of the Qualified Business Income deduction. The hosts also discuss the expiration of the electric vehicle tax credit and the complexities around pass-through entity tax. Learn how these changes impact small business owners and the strategies to maximize benefits for a thriving creative business.    00:00 Introduction to Creative Business Taxes  00:43 Overview of the 2025 Tax Bill  01:45 Key Changes in Tax Provisions  03:28 Bonus Depreciation Explained  07:32 State and Local Tax Deductions  09:03 Pass-Through Entity Tax  15:06 Navigating Business Ownership and Tax Caps  15:34 Understanding the Qualified Business Income Deduction  18:21 Implications of the Electric Vehicle Tax Credit Expiration  21:05 Strategic Tax Planning for Business Owners  25:43 The Importance of Consulting a Tax Professional  27:35 Final Thoughts and How to Get More Information    🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources  📬 Got a question for the show?  Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa  🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?  Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast  📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?  Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP07 - Are You Ready for the 2025 Tax Overhaul? Learn How to Optimize Your Finances Now    In the premiere episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosts Anastasia and Myiesha from Coterie Tax explain the significant tax changes in Washington's latest bill, the Big B</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/34b61558/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP06 - Could Misclassification Destroy Your Business? Know the Risks and Solutions!</title>
      <itunes:title>EP06 - Could Misclassification Destroy Your Business? Know the Risks and Solutions!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">75e7e584-8c3c-4903-bff2-d6fbf5a75a40</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/227db0c1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let's Get Fiscal – EP09 - Avoiding Costly Contractor vs Employee Misclassifications</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, listeners are advised on the financial implications and legal risks of misclassifying workers as contractors instead of employees. The hosts break down the criteria that differentiate an employee from a contractor, highlighting specific state regulations and the importance of compliance. They also discuss practical solutions and workarounds for business owners to protect their financial interests while meeting legal requirements. This episode is an essential guide for creative business owners who aim to scale confidently and legally.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Business Classification</p><p>00:39 Common Misclassification Mistakes</p><p>00:58 Employee vs. Contractor: Key Differences</p><p>01:54 State Regulations and Compliance</p><p>02:26 Payroll Systems and Benefits</p><p>04:14 Workarounds and Solutions</p><p>06:48 Long-term Implications and Legal Risks</p><p>08:53 Ensuring Proper Classification</p><p>11:19 Understanding Employee Classification</p><p>12:07 Navigating State Regulations</p><p>12:49 Workarounds and Tax Implications</p><p>14:14 Employee Benefits and Tax Planning</p><p>16:12 Contractor vs. Employee: Key Considerations</p><p>19:17 Final Thoughts and Advice</p><p><br></p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let's Get Fiscal – EP09 - Avoiding Costly Contractor vs Employee Misclassifications</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Let's Get Fiscal, hosted by Anastasia Myiesha and Danielle from Coterie Tax, listeners are advised on the financial implications and legal risks of misclassifying workers as contractors instead of employees. The hosts break down the criteria that differentiate an employee from a contractor, highlighting specific state regulations and the importance of compliance. They also discuss practical solutions and workarounds for business owners to protect their financial interests while meeting legal requirements. This episode is an essential guide for creative business owners who aim to scale confidently and legally.</p><p><br></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Business Classification</p><p>00:39 Common Misclassification Mistakes</p><p>00:58 Employee vs. Contractor: Key Differences</p><p>01:54 State Regulations and Compliance</p><p>02:26 Payroll Systems and Benefits</p><p>04:14 Workarounds and Solutions</p><p>06:48 Long-term Implications and Legal Risks</p><p>08:53 Ensuring Proper Classification</p><p>11:19 Understanding Employee Classification</p><p>12:07 Navigating State Regulations</p><p>12:49 Workarounds and Tax Implications</p><p>14:14 Employee Benefits and Tax Planning</p><p>16:12 Contractor vs. Employee: Key Considerations</p><p>19:17 Final Thoughts and Advice</p><p><br></p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 12:00:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/227db0c1/d0a56dcb.mp3" length="51596650" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/evNIpRFY-c7XYrUGdZ4zXfWiYOFsncHjT9DH5UtPnFk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83MzJl/OGQyYjVjZjFlMzc5/YmVmMWVmOTY5YTJj/ZWI0My5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1290</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP06 - Could Misclassification Destroy Your Business? Know the Risks and Solutions!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP06 - Could Misclassification Destroy Your Business? Know the Risks and Solutions!</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/227db0c1/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP05 - Is That New Camera A Write-Off or Just Wishful Thinking - Filmmakers heres what the IRS Actually Allows</title>
      <itunes:title>EP05 - Is That New Camera A Write-Off or Just Wishful Thinking - Filmmakers heres what the IRS Actually Allows</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">134baad5-cfd0-40ca-9ccb-59ae886b251f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4ac4eaaf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Navigating Business Write-Offs: Essential Tax Tips for Filmmakers</strong></p><p>🎙<strong> <em>Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 6</em></strong></p><p><strong>Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</strong></p><p><strong>From buying gear to claiming your home office—what <em>really</em> counts as a write-off?</strong></p><p><strong>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, the ladies of Coterie Tax break down what filmmakers and creatives can actually deduct from their taxes—without getting flagged by the IRS. They cover key topics like what qualifies as a legitimate business, how to define “ordinary and necessary” expenses, and where the line is between personal and business costs.</strong></p><p><strong>You’ll hear real-world examples (yes, including cosmetic surgery and private jets), learn how to navigate tricky tax deductions like home office use and vehicle mileage, and get pro tips on documentation that can protect you during an audit. Whether you’re on set, in post, or just launching your first project—this episode is a filmmaker’s financial toolkit.</strong></p><p> </p><p>🕒<strong> Episode Breakdown</strong></p><p><strong>00:00 – Write-offs for filmmakers: What’s real vs. wishful thinking?</strong></p><p><strong>00:35 – Understanding deductions and your taxpayer rights</strong></p><p><strong>03:40 – What qualifies as a business (and why it matters)</strong></p><p><strong>07:16 – Defining “ordinary and necessary” expenses</strong></p><p><strong>12:54 – Proving gray-area deductions (cosmetic surgery, clothing, props)</strong></p><p><strong>18:06 – How home office deductions actually work</strong></p><p><strong>23:34 – Business use of car: What’s allowed and how to track it</strong></p><p><strong>27:56 – Final tips: Separation, documentation, and best practices</strong></p><p> </p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬<strong> Got a tax or business question you want answered on the show?</strong></p><p><strong>Send it here: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/qa</strong></a></p><p>🎧<strong> Want to hear more creative-friendly financial strategies?</strong></p><p><strong>Catch up on past episodes: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</strong></a></p><p>📊<strong> Need help organizing and optimizing your business finances?</strong></p><p>Work with the team at Coterie Tax → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Navigating Business Write-Offs: Essential Tax Tips for Filmmakers</strong></p><p>🎙<strong> <em>Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 6</em></strong></p><p><strong>Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</strong></p><p><strong>From buying gear to claiming your home office—what <em>really</em> counts as a write-off?</strong></p><p><strong>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, the ladies of Coterie Tax break down what filmmakers and creatives can actually deduct from their taxes—without getting flagged by the IRS. They cover key topics like what qualifies as a legitimate business, how to define “ordinary and necessary” expenses, and where the line is between personal and business costs.</strong></p><p><strong>You’ll hear real-world examples (yes, including cosmetic surgery and private jets), learn how to navigate tricky tax deductions like home office use and vehicle mileage, and get pro tips on documentation that can protect you during an audit. Whether you’re on set, in post, or just launching your first project—this episode is a filmmaker’s financial toolkit.</strong></p><p> </p><p>🕒<strong> Episode Breakdown</strong></p><p><strong>00:00 – Write-offs for filmmakers: What’s real vs. wishful thinking?</strong></p><p><strong>00:35 – Understanding deductions and your taxpayer rights</strong></p><p><strong>03:40 – What qualifies as a business (and why it matters)</strong></p><p><strong>07:16 – Defining “ordinary and necessary” expenses</strong></p><p><strong>12:54 – Proving gray-area deductions (cosmetic surgery, clothing, props)</strong></p><p><strong>18:06 – How home office deductions actually work</strong></p><p><strong>23:34 – Business use of car: What’s allowed and how to track it</strong></p><p><strong>27:56 – Final tips: Separation, documentation, and best practices</strong></p><p> </p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬<strong> Got a tax or business question you want answered on the show?</strong></p><p><strong>Send it here: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/qa</strong></a></p><p>🎧<strong> Want to hear more creative-friendly financial strategies?</strong></p><p><strong>Catch up on past episodes: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</strong></a></p><p>📊<strong> Need help organizing and optimizing your business finances?</strong></p><p>Work with the team at Coterie Tax → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Sep 2025 12:00:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4ac4eaaf/c59132d9.mp3" length="59423003" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TR-klnJee2nB3Y1oWDr2mrN02XkCsFsiQ2DRhjN5R1E/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wZDdk/MGI5NTZmOGFkYTIw/OTQyMGViNmNkMWZl/NWI0ZC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1822</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Navigating Business Write-Offs: Essential Tax Tips for Filmmakers

🎙 Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 6

Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp;amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory

From buying gear to claiming your home office—what really counts as a write-off?

In this episode of Let’s Get Fiscal, the ladies of Coterie Tax break down what filmmakers and creatives can actually deduct from their taxes—without getting flagged by the IRS. They cover key topics like what qualifies as a legitimate business, how to define “ordinary and necessary” expenses, and where the line is between personal and business costs.

You’ll hear real-world examples (yes, including cosmetic surgery and private jets), learn how to navigate tricky tax deductions like home office use and vehicle mileage, and get pro tips on documentation that can protect you during an audit. Whether you’re on set, in post, or just launching your first project—this episode is a filmmaker’s financial toolkit.

 

🕒 Episode Breakdown

00:00 – Write-offs for filmmakers: What’s real vs. wishful thinking?

00:35 – Understanding deductions and your taxpayer rights

03:40 – What qualifies as a business (and why it matters)

07:16 – Defining “ordinary and necessary” expenses

12:54 – Proving gray-area deductions (cosmetic surgery, clothing, props)

18:06 – How home office deductions actually work

23:34 – Business use of car: What’s allowed and how to track it

27:56 – Final tips: Separation, documentation, and best practices

 

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a tax or business question you want answered on the show?

Send it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to hear more creative-friendly financial strategies?

Catch up on past episodes: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need help organizing and optimizing your business finances?

Work with the team at Coterie Tax → https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Navigating Business Write-Offs: Essential Tax Tips for Filmmakers

🎙 Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 6

Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp;amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory

From buying gear to claiming your home office—what really counts as a write-off?

In</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4ac4eaaf/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP04 - Most Creatives Are Asking the Wrong Financial Questions—Here’s What the Smart Ones Do Instead</title>
      <itunes:title>EP04 - Most Creatives Are Asking the Wrong Financial Questions—Here’s What the Smart Ones Do Instead</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31a2e35f-d786-4546-bea1-2b3335ff6c48</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/eda83a17</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎙 <em>Let’s Get Fiscal – </em>EP04 - Most Creatives Are Asking the Wrong Financial Questions—Here’s What the Smart Ones Do Instead</p><p><strong>Hosted by Anastasia &amp; Myiesha | Coterie Tax and Advisory</strong></p><p>Running a creative business? Knowing the difference between a bookkeeper, CPA, tax preparer, and strategist can make or break your financial success.</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia and Myiesha unpack the key financial roles that every creative business owner needs to understand. From handling day-to-day finances to long-term tax strategy, you’ll walk away with the clarity to hire smarter, communicate better, and scale with confidence. They also explore how artificial intelligence is beginning to reshape the finance world—what to watch for, and how to stay ahead.</p><p>Whether you’re a freelancer, agency owner, or scaling creative brand—this episode will help you make better financial decisions that fuel your growth.</p><p> </p><p>🕒<strong> Episode Breakdown</strong></p><p><strong>00:00</strong> – Welcome to <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em></p><p><strong>02:35</strong> – What exactly does an accountant do?</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> – Bookkeepers: Your day-to-day financial superheroes</p><p><strong>04:25</strong> – CPAs and their wide-ranging expertise</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> – Enrolled Agents, CPAs &amp; Tax Preparers: Who’s who?</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> – Tax Strategists: A rising necessity for creatives</p><p><strong>14:33</strong> – Why understanding roles can save you $$$</p><p><strong>15:45</strong> – How to decide who to hire for your business</p><p><strong>16:18</strong> – What should financial support actually cost?</p><p><strong>17:54</strong> – Avoiding confusion: How to speak your accountant’s language</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> – AI in Finance: Should you be worried or excited?</p><p><strong>22:58</strong> – Time vs Expertise: What to outsource, what to own</p><p><strong>27:58</strong> – Final thoughts: Building your financial dream team</p><p> </p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎙 <em>Let’s Get Fiscal – </em>EP04 - Most Creatives Are Asking the Wrong Financial Questions—Here’s What the Smart Ones Do Instead</p><p><strong>Hosted by Anastasia &amp; Myiesha | Coterie Tax and Advisory</strong></p><p>Running a creative business? Knowing the difference between a bookkeeper, CPA, tax preparer, and strategist can make or break your financial success.</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, Anastasia and Myiesha unpack the key financial roles that every creative business owner needs to understand. From handling day-to-day finances to long-term tax strategy, you’ll walk away with the clarity to hire smarter, communicate better, and scale with confidence. They also explore how artificial intelligence is beginning to reshape the finance world—what to watch for, and how to stay ahead.</p><p>Whether you’re a freelancer, agency owner, or scaling creative brand—this episode will help you make better financial decisions that fuel your growth.</p><p> </p><p>🕒<strong> Episode Breakdown</strong></p><p><strong>00:00</strong> – Welcome to <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em></p><p><strong>02:35</strong> – What exactly does an accountant do?</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> – Bookkeepers: Your day-to-day financial superheroes</p><p><strong>04:25</strong> – CPAs and their wide-ranging expertise</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> – Enrolled Agents, CPAs &amp; Tax Preparers: Who’s who?</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> – Tax Strategists: A rising necessity for creatives</p><p><strong>14:33</strong> – Why understanding roles can save you $$$</p><p><strong>15:45</strong> – How to decide who to hire for your business</p><p><strong>16:18</strong> – What should financial support actually cost?</p><p><strong>17:54</strong> – Avoiding confusion: How to speak your accountant’s language</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> – AI in Finance: Should you be worried or excited?</p><p><strong>22:58</strong> – Time vs Expertise: What to outsource, what to own</p><p><strong>27:58</strong> – Final thoughts: Building your financial dream team</p><p> </p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Sep 2025 12:00:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/eda83a17/499e1ad0.mp3" length="56002033" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/FrOSN5Ie8LZnc4XiFtDZ17jW2baqmTftiIWsC-Xpi3o/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lMzk2/NGExNDRiOWQyNDc2/MGZlM2M5M2MxZjQ5/ODAxOC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1709</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>🎙 Let’s Get Fiscal – EP04 - Most Creatives Are Asking the Wrong Financial Questions—Here’s What the Smart Ones Do Instead

Hosted by Anastasia &amp;amp; Myiesha | Coterie Tax and Advisory

Running a creative business? Knowing the difference between a bookkeeper, CPA, tax preparer, and strategist can make or break your financial success.

In this episode of Let’s Get Fiscal, Anastasia and Myiesha unpack the key financial roles that every creative business owner needs to understand. From handling day-to-day finances to long-term tax strategy, you’ll walk away with the clarity to hire smarter, communicate better, and scale with confidence. They also explore how artificial intelligence is beginning to reshape the finance world—what to watch for, and how to stay ahead.

Whether you’re a freelancer, agency owner, or scaling creative brand—this episode will help you make better financial decisions that fuel your growth.

 

🕒 Episode Breakdown

00:00 – Welcome to Let’s Get Fiscal

02:35 – What exactly does an accountant do?

03:22 – Bookkeepers: Your day-to-day financial superheroes

04:25 – CPAs and their wide-ranging expertise

06:34 – Enrolled Agents, CPAs &amp;amp; Tax Preparers: Who’s who?

12:38 – Tax Strategists: A rising necessity for creatives

14:33 – Why understanding roles can save you $$$

15:45 – How to decide who to hire for your business

16:18 – What should financial support actually cost?

17:54 – Avoiding confusion: How to speak your accountant’s language

20:55 – AI in Finance: Should you be worried or excited?

22:58 – Time vs Expertise: What to outsource, what to own

27:58 – Final thoughts: Building your financial dream team

 

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources

📬 Got a question for the show?

Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to listen to more episodes?

Catch the latest episodes at: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need personalized help with your business finances?

Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>🎙 Let’s Get Fiscal – EP04 - Most Creatives Are Asking the Wrong Financial Questions—Here’s What the Smart Ones Do Instead

Hosted by Anastasia &amp;amp; Myiesha | Coterie Tax and Advisory

Running a creative business? Knowing the difference between a bookkeep</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/eda83a17/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP03 - The Short-Term Rental Tax Hack- How Airbnb Can Slash Your Business Taxes (Legally)</title>
      <itunes:title>EP03 - The Short-Term Rental Tax Hack- How Airbnb Can Slash Your Business Taxes (Legally)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4c12e398-25b7-4ee9-8fe1-9637cdcf534c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/38779235</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Unlocking Tax Savings with Short-Term Rental Strategies</strong></p><p>🎙<strong> <em>Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 5</em></strong></p><p><strong>Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</strong></p><p><strong>Thinking about turning your Airbnb side hustle into a real tax-saving strategy?</strong></p><p><strong>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, the Coterie Tax team breaks down the short-term rental “loophole”—and why it’s not a loophole at all, but a powerful IRS-approved tax strategy. Learn how to legally offset your business or W-2 income with losses from Airbnb rentals, how to properly qualify for those deductions, and what mistakes to avoid when choosing your property.</strong></p><p><strong>Whether you’re a business owner looking for tax relief or an investor curious about real estate, this episode will equip you with practical, actionable insights to help you leverage short-term rentals as a legitimate business—and keep more of your income.</strong></p><p> </p><p>🕒<strong> Episode Breakdown</strong></p><p><strong>00:00 – Introduction: Saving on taxes with Airbnb</strong></p><p><strong>01:20 – Short-term vs long-term rentals: What’s the IRS difference?</strong></p><p><strong>03:05 – How short-term rentals qualify as business income</strong></p><p><strong>11:17 – The power of cost segregation and bonus depreciation</strong></p><p><strong>15:29 – Material participation: What it is and how to document it</strong></p><p><strong>20:57 – Choosing the right property (and what not to buy)</strong></p><p><strong>24:27 – HOA restrictions, personal use limits, and compliance</strong></p><p><strong>35:09 – Final thoughts: Building a strategy that works</strong></p><p> </p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬<strong> Got a question about tax strategy or short-term rentals?</strong></p><p><strong>Submit it here: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/qa</strong></a></p><p>🎧<strong> Want to catch up on past episodes?</strong></p><p><strong>Listen &amp; subscribe here: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</strong></a></p><p>📊<strong> Need help planning your short-term rental tax strategy?</strong></p><p>Work with our team → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Unlocking Tax Savings with Short-Term Rental Strategies</strong></p><p>🎙<strong> <em>Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 5</em></strong></p><p><strong>Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</strong></p><p><strong>Thinking about turning your Airbnb side hustle into a real tax-saving strategy?</strong></p><p><strong>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, the Coterie Tax team breaks down the short-term rental “loophole”—and why it’s not a loophole at all, but a powerful IRS-approved tax strategy. Learn how to legally offset your business or W-2 income with losses from Airbnb rentals, how to properly qualify for those deductions, and what mistakes to avoid when choosing your property.</strong></p><p><strong>Whether you’re a business owner looking for tax relief or an investor curious about real estate, this episode will equip you with practical, actionable insights to help you leverage short-term rentals as a legitimate business—and keep more of your income.</strong></p><p> </p><p>🕒<strong> Episode Breakdown</strong></p><p><strong>00:00 – Introduction: Saving on taxes with Airbnb</strong></p><p><strong>01:20 – Short-term vs long-term rentals: What’s the IRS difference?</strong></p><p><strong>03:05 – How short-term rentals qualify as business income</strong></p><p><strong>11:17 – The power of cost segregation and bonus depreciation</strong></p><p><strong>15:29 – Material participation: What it is and how to document it</strong></p><p><strong>20:57 – Choosing the right property (and what not to buy)</strong></p><p><strong>24:27 – HOA restrictions, personal use limits, and compliance</strong></p><p><strong>35:09 – Final thoughts: Building a strategy that works</strong></p><p> </p><p>🔗<strong> Helpful Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><p>📬<strong> Got a question about tax strategy or short-term rentals?</strong></p><p><strong>Submit it here: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/qa</strong></a></p><p>🎧<strong> Want to catch up on past episodes?</strong></p><p><strong>Listen &amp; subscribe here: </strong><a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</strong></a></p><p>📊<strong> Need help planning your short-term rental tax strategy?</strong></p><p>Work with our team → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow"><strong>https://www.coterietax.com</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 12:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/38779235/aff5b6a8.mp3" length="86681776" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/fw247U6rc6kwWsj0qEjMESy0Fd0q3oo_tzdxSHuUCv0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81Mzdh/NzM1OWUzYmVkZWMy/YmU1MjIxNGQ3OTYx/OWZiYS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2168</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Unlocking Tax Savings with Short-Term Rental Strategies
🎙 Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 5
Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp;amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory
Thinking about turning your Airbnb side hustle into a real tax-saving strategy?
In this episode of Let’s Get Fiscal, the Coterie Tax team breaks down the short-term rental “loophole”—and why it’s not a loophole at all, but a powerful IRS-approved tax strategy. Learn how to legally offset your business or W-2 income with losses from Airbnb rentals, how to properly qualify for those deductions, and what mistakes to avoid when choosing your property.
Whether you’re a business owner looking for tax relief or an investor curious about real estate, this episode will equip you with practical, actionable insights to help you leverage short-term rentals as a legitimate business—and keep more of your income.

🕒 Episode Breakdown
00:00 – Introduction: Saving on taxes with Airbnb
01:20 – Short-term vs long-term rentals: What’s the IRS difference?
03:05 – How short-term rentals qualify as business income
11:17 – The power of cost segregation and bonus depreciation
15:29 – Material participation: What it is and how to document it
20:57 – Choosing the right property (and what not to buy)
24:27 – HOA restrictions, personal use limits, and compliance
35:09 – Final thoughts: Building a strategy that works

🔗 Helpful Links &amp;amp; Resources
📬 Got a question about tax strategy or short-term rentals?
Submit it here: https://www.coterietax.com/qa
🎧 Want to catch up on past episodes?
Listen &amp;amp; subscribe here: https://www.coterietax.com/podcast
📊 Need help planning your short-term rental tax strategy?
Work with our team → https://www.coterietax.com</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Unlocking Tax Savings with Short-Term Rental Strategies
🎙 Let’s Get Fiscal – Episode 5
Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp;amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory
Thinking about turning your Airbnb side hustle into a real tax-saving strategy?
In this episode o</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/38779235/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP02 - Why Most Business Owners Screw Up Retirement (And What You Can Do Differently)_Video</title>
      <itunes:title>EP02 - Why Most Business Owners Screw Up Retirement (And What You Can Do Differently)_Video</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b9ff07c3-1904-40a0-9d52-bae8ff0f421b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cda64149</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>EP02 How Creatives Can Actually Retire: Roth IRAs, 401(k)s &amp; Tax-Saving Strategies | Let’s Get Fiscal </strong></p><p>🎙 Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</p><p>Self-employed? Freelancer? Scaling a creative business?</p><p>You <em>need</em> a retirement plan—and no, “buying a new laptop every year” doesn’t count.</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, we’re talking Roth IRAs, SEP IRAs, Solo 401(k)s, and real-world tax strategies that help creative entrepreneurs build a future without burning out. You’ll learn when and how to start saving (even if you’re still in survival mode), which account is best based on your income, and how to stop overpaying the IRS while still keeping your cash.</p><p>We also break down how to avoid surprise taxes in retirement, what “required minimum distributions” really mean, and how to balance saving with scaling your business.</p><p> </p><p>⏱️ <strong>Timestamps</strong></p><p>00:00 – Intro: Retirement planning for creatives</p><p>00:41 – Why self-employed people get left behind</p><p>01:29 – Social Security, tax myths, and long-term reality</p><p>04:58 – Roth IRAs explained (and why they’re a game-changer)</p><p>08:56 – SEP IRA vs 401(k): Which is better and when?</p><p>21:02 – Can you combine retirement accounts?</p><p>32:20 – What most people don’t know about Social Security</p><p>40:16 – Advanced strategies: pensions, Mega Backdoor Roths &amp; more</p><p>52:38 – Top takeaways</p><p>53:19 – Final thoughts &amp; what to do next</p><p> </p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Send it here → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to hear more episodes?</strong></p><p>Stream the full series → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need help creating your tax-smart retirement plan?</strong></p><p>Book a call → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p><p>👍 Like this video</p><p>🔔 Subscribe for more tax, finance, and small biz strategy</p><p>💬 Drop your questions in the comments—we might answer them on a future episode!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>EP02 How Creatives Can Actually Retire: Roth IRAs, 401(k)s &amp; Tax-Saving Strategies | Let’s Get Fiscal </strong></p><p>🎙 Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</p><p>Self-employed? Freelancer? Scaling a creative business?</p><p>You <em>need</em> a retirement plan—and no, “buying a new laptop every year” doesn’t count.</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, we’re talking Roth IRAs, SEP IRAs, Solo 401(k)s, and real-world tax strategies that help creative entrepreneurs build a future without burning out. You’ll learn when and how to start saving (even if you’re still in survival mode), which account is best based on your income, and how to stop overpaying the IRS while still keeping your cash.</p><p>We also break down how to avoid surprise taxes in retirement, what “required minimum distributions” really mean, and how to balance saving with scaling your business.</p><p> </p><p>⏱️ <strong>Timestamps</strong></p><p>00:00 – Intro: Retirement planning for creatives</p><p>00:41 – Why self-employed people get left behind</p><p>01:29 – Social Security, tax myths, and long-term reality</p><p>04:58 – Roth IRAs explained (and why they’re a game-changer)</p><p>08:56 – SEP IRA vs 401(k): Which is better and when?</p><p>21:02 – Can you combine retirement accounts?</p><p>32:20 – What most people don’t know about Social Security</p><p>40:16 – Advanced strategies: pensions, Mega Backdoor Roths &amp; more</p><p>52:38 – Top takeaways</p><p>53:19 – Final thoughts &amp; what to do next</p><p> </p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Send it here → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to hear more episodes?</strong></p><p>Stream the full series → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need help creating your tax-smart retirement plan?</strong></p><p>Book a call → <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p><p>👍 Like this video</p><p>🔔 Subscribe for more tax, finance, and small biz strategy</p><p>💬 Drop your questions in the comments—we might answer them on a future episode!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2025 12:00:46 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cda64149/18466c35.mp3" length="51754524" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/w_l4WaoGHJ8-d54Yz7ECIQjj_dXS5FnyvjWB_7giml8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80ZWZm/YjFiYTYzNzQ0MDc2/YWUyZjA0MzI1MTEz/MTcxZC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3235</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>EP02 How Creatives Can Actually Retire: Roth IRAs, 401(k)s &amp;amp; Tax-Saving Strategies | Let’s Get Fiscal 

🎙 Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp;amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory

Self-employed? Freelancer? Scaling a creative business?

You need a retirement plan—and no, “buying a new laptop every year” doesn’t count.

In this episode of Let’s Get Fiscal, we’re talking Roth IRAs, SEP IRAs, Solo 401(k)s, and real-world tax strategies that help creative entrepreneurs build a future without burning out. You’ll learn when and how to start saving (even if you’re still in survival mode), which account is best based on your income, and how to stop overpaying the IRS while still keeping your cash.

We also break down how to avoid surprise taxes in retirement, what “required minimum distributions” really mean, and how to balance saving with scaling your business.

 

⏱️ Timestamps

00:00 – Intro: Retirement planning for creatives

00:41 – Why self-employed people get left behind

01:29 – Social Security, tax myths, and long-term reality

04:58 – Roth IRAs explained (and why they’re a game-changer)

08:56 – SEP IRA vs 401(k): Which is better and when?

21:02 – Can you combine retirement accounts?

32:20 – What most people don’t know about Social Security

40:16 – Advanced strategies: pensions, Mega Backdoor Roths &amp;amp; more

52:38 – Top takeaways

53:19 – Final thoughts &amp;amp; what to do next

 

📬 Got a question for the show?

Send it here → https://www.coterietax.com/qa

🎧 Want to hear more episodes?

Stream the full series → https://www.coterietax.com/podcast

📊 Need help creating your tax-smart retirement plan?

Book a call → https://www.coterietax.com

👍 Like this video

🔔 Subscribe for more tax, finance, and small biz strategy

💬 Drop your questions in the comments—we might answer them on a future episode!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>EP02 How Creatives Can Actually Retire: Roth IRAs, 401(k)s &amp;amp; Tax-Saving Strategies | Let’s Get Fiscal 

🎙 Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp;amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory

Self-employed? Freelancer? Scaling a creative business?

You need a retir</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cda64149/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EP01 - Is An S-Corp Actually Saving You Money? Or Setting You Up To Fail?</title>
      <itunes:title>EP01 - Is An S-Corp Actually Saving You Money? Or Setting You Up To Fail?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6b5caa67-85ba-4ea4-9daf-99bf11cf819d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bf254b7c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Should You Become an S-Corp? The Truth for Creative Entrepreneurs | Let’s Get Fiscal EP01</strong></p><p>🎙 Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</p><p>Is an S-Corporation actually worth it for your creative business?</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, we break down the hype and the reality of S-Corps. Learn when it’s the <em>right</em> time to switch from an LLC, how “reasonable compensation” works, what tax savings to expect (and what headaches come with it), and how your industry and lifestyle impact the best financial structure for your business.</p><p>Whether you’re a freelance videographer, a growing agency, or a multi-hustle entrepreneur—this episode will give you the clarity to make smarter decisions and avoid expensive mistakes.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ <strong>Timestamps</strong></p><p>00:00 – Intro: What Airbnb has to do with tax savings</p><p>00:49 – S Corps explained (without the fluff)</p><p>02:01 – When to transition from LLC to S Corp</p><p>03:02 – S Corp vs. LLC: What’s actually different</p><p>07:35 – Reasonable compensation made simple</p><p>10:40 – Payroll, bookkeeping &amp; strategy</p><p>17:14 – State vs. Federal rules (and how to stay compliant)</p><p>33:33 – Final thoughts: Is it right for you?</p><p><br></p><p>📬 <strong>Have a question you want us to answer on the show?</strong></p><p>Send it here → https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to hear more episodes like this?</strong></p><p>Catch up on past episodes → https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized advice for your business?</strong></p><p>Book a call with us → https://www.coterietax.com</p><p>👍 Like this video if it helped you</p><p>🔔 Subscribe to the channel for more creative-friendly tax strategy</p><p>💬 Drop your questions in the comments—we might feature them in a future episode!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Should You Become an S-Corp? The Truth for Creative Entrepreneurs | Let’s Get Fiscal EP01</strong></p><p>🎙 Hosted by Anastasia, Myiesha &amp; Danielle | Coterie Tax and Advisory</p><p>Is an S-Corporation actually worth it for your creative business?</p><p>In this episode of <em>Let’s Get Fiscal</em>, we break down the hype and the reality of S-Corps. Learn when it’s the <em>right</em> time to switch from an LLC, how “reasonable compensation” works, what tax savings to expect (and what headaches come with it), and how your industry and lifestyle impact the best financial structure for your business.</p><p>Whether you’re a freelance videographer, a growing agency, or a multi-hustle entrepreneur—this episode will give you the clarity to make smarter decisions and avoid expensive mistakes.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ <strong>Timestamps</strong></p><p>00:00 – Intro: What Airbnb has to do with tax savings</p><p>00:49 – S Corps explained (without the fluff)</p><p>02:01 – When to transition from LLC to S Corp</p><p>03:02 – S Corp vs. LLC: What’s actually different</p><p>07:35 – Reasonable compensation made simple</p><p>10:40 – Payroll, bookkeeping &amp; strategy</p><p>17:14 – State vs. Federal rules (and how to stay compliant)</p><p>33:33 – Final thoughts: Is it right for you?</p><p><br></p><p>📬 <strong>Have a question you want us to answer on the show?</strong></p><p>Send it here → https://www.coterietax.com/qa</p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to hear more episodes like this?</strong></p><p>Catch up on past episodes → https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized advice for your business?</strong></p><p>Book a call with us → https://www.coterietax.com</p><p>👍 Like this video if it helped you</p><p>🔔 Subscribe to the channel for more creative-friendly tax strategy</p><p>💬 Drop your questions in the comments—we might feature them in a future episode!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2025 12:00:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bf254b7c/3ce08b52.mp3" length="83581920" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/1u3RuV8sT2SW-nOTGtm55n0xiaPOTXzgG8FPIakzvCc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80ZDQ2/Y2VhOTgxNmQ5OWUz/ZWU3OGM2ZjM2NDcy/NDg3NC5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2090</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Thinking about switching your LLC to an S-Corp? This episode breaks down when it actually makes sense—and when it could cost you more than it saves. Hosts Anastasia, Myiesha, and Danielle unpack what “reasonable compensation” really means, how S-Corps impact your payroll and taxes, and what business owners often get wrong. From six-figure triggers to short-term rental loopholes, this isn’t your CPA’s tax podcast. It’s real talk for creatives and entrepreneurs trying to scale smarter.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Thinking about switching your LLC to an S-Corp? This episode breaks down when it actually makes sense—and when it could cost you more than it saves. Hosts Anastasia, Myiesha, and Danielle unpack what “reasonable compensation” really means, how S-Corps imp</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bf254b7c/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Welcome to The Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast – Tax &amp; Money Tips for Creatives</title>
      <itunes:title>Welcome to The Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast – Tax &amp; Money Tips for Creatives</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>trailer</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">102e854d-fd04-49af-b8fd-970ca60880e8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/15621811</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to <em>The Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast</em> — the show where creatives learn how to master taxes, money, and business strategy without the overwhelm. Hosted by experts in tax planning and CPA services for creative entrepreneurs, we break down the numbers so you can focus on your craft.</p><p>In this intro episode, you’ll hear what the podcast is all about, who it’s for, and how we’ll help you keep more of what you earn, stay compliant, and build a profitable creative business.</p><p>If you’re a photographer, designer, filmmaker, musician, or any creative pro who wants to stop stressing about taxes and start building wealth, you’re in the right place.</p><p><strong>Learn more and work with us:</strong> https://www.coterietax.com/</p><p><b>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</b></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to <em>The Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast</em> — the show where creatives learn how to master taxes, money, and business strategy without the overwhelm. Hosted by experts in tax planning and CPA services for creative entrepreneurs, we break down the numbers so you can focus on your craft.</p><p>In this intro episode, you’ll hear what the podcast is all about, who it’s for, and how we’ll help you keep more of what you earn, stay compliant, and build a profitable creative business.</p><p>If you’re a photographer, designer, filmmaker, musician, or any creative pro who wants to stop stressing about taxes and start building wealth, you’re in the right place.</p><p><strong>Learn more and work with us:</strong> https://www.coterietax.com/</p><p><b>🔗 Helpful Links &amp; Resources</b></p><p>📬 <strong>Got a question for the show?</strong></p><p>Submit it here: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/qa" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/qa</a></p><p>🎧 <strong>Want to listen to more episodes?</strong></p><p>Catch the latest episodes at: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/podcast" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com/podcast</a></p><p>📊 <strong>Need personalized help with your business finances?</strong></p><p>Learn more about working with Anastasia and Myiesha: <a href="https://www.coterietax.com/" rel="nofollow">https://www.coterietax.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Aug 2025 15:00:27 +0000</pubDate>
      <author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/15621811/030229f4.mp3" length="1131433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Coterie Tax &amp; Advisory Inc.</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/QKWeapKiJhjA-0DB9bkGJWOMc3LYLD4qhQxhS7XHYcA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84YTU3/YzVjYTRhMDlkYzlm/ZjAzZjcyNDFmMjZi/ZmZhOS5qcGc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Get ready to take the stress out of taxes and money. The Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast gives creatives the tools to keep more of what they earn, stay compliant, and grow a profitable business. In this trailer, meet your hosts and discover how we’ll simplify the financial side of your creative career.

It’s short enough for Apple’s display limits, uses key terms (“taxes,” “money,” “creatives”), and makes the benefit to the listener clear.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Get ready to take the stress out of taxes and money. The Let’s Get Fiscal Podcast gives creatives the tools to keep more of what they earn, stay compliant, and grow a profitable business. In this trailer, meet your hosts and discover how we’ll simplify th</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords>Taxes, Creative Business Owners, Videographers, Photographers, Small Business, Tax Strategy, Accounting, CPA</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TodCXX6wVqcLpdk1s-Qos8canPx9qC6HsTcvDxPOTbw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYzAw/Yjk4ZmU2NGFhNWI5/NjNjMzIzMDIyMTEx/NTA3MC5wbmc.jpg">Anastasia Aiello</podcast:person>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://www.coterietax.com" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CIBosRhPOYyFqtNvq6GefDc7rqTPN4_Wa_F4BTqZy3U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDY1/ZGQyOTBkZDYwZTk2/ZWZhZmZlOTU1ZGQ3/YzMwZS5wbmc.jpg">Myiesha Fisher</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/15621811/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
